TEST BANK for Theory and Practice of Counseling and Psychotherapy, 11th International Edition by Dr.

TEST BANK for Theory and Practice of Counseling and Psychotherapy, 11th International Edition by Dr. Gerald Corey Chapter 1-15

Chapter 01: Overview and Introduction 1. Synthesizing the approaches covered in the text: a. can easily be accomplished after taking an introductory course. b. is usually mastered by the end of the first year of one’s graduate program. c. often requires many years of study, training, and practical counseling experience. d. rarely, if ever, happens and is a completely unrealistic goal.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: From My Point of View QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.1 - Explain the author’s philosophical stance.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. Which one of the following is considered an experiential and relationship-oriented therapy model? a. Feminist therapy b. Cognitive behavior therapy c. Behavior therapy d. Person-centered approach ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Theory Chapters – An Overview QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.3 - Differentiate between each contemporary counseling model discussed in this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 3. Which of the following is associated with the cognitive-behavioral action-oriented therapy model? a. Existential therapy b. Psychoanalytic therapy c. Choice theory/Reality therapy d. Family systems therapy ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Theory Chapters – An Overview QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.3 - Differentiate between each contemporary counseling model discussed in this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 4. Which of the counseling therapies has the primary role of thinking, as it relates to influencing behavior? a. Psychoanalytic b. Adlerian c. Person-centered d. Cognitive-behavioral ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Theory Chapters – An Overview QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.3 - Differentiate between each contemporary counseling model discussed in this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 5. Which of the following is not a concept covered in the book? a. A brief historical sketch of how and why theories were developed b. Application of the theory to the cases of Stan and Gwen c. A discussion of strategies to improve mental health through a medical model d. Application of the theory from a multicultural perspective ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: How to Use this Book QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.2 - Identify suggested ways to use this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 6. The author makes a case for a. initially getting an overview of the major theoretical orientations and then learning a particular approach by becoming steeped in that approach for some time. b. delving deeply into one approach initially and then taking a superficial look at other theoretical models. c. learning the theories of counseling only after starting to work with clients in order to make the theories more relevant. d. the reader to choose the approach to which he or she subscribes.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

REFERENCES: From My Point of View QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.1 - Explain the author’s philosophical stance.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. Which of the following statements about administrative techniques is true according to the author? a. Techniques are substitutes for hard work when developing constructive client-therapist relationships. b. Administrating techniques to clients without regard for the relationship variables is ineffective. c. Knowledge about personality dynamics is not a requirement for affective client-therapist relationships. d. To be a successful counselor one should not use personal experiences and reactions to serve your clients.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: From My Point of View QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.1 - Explain the author’s philosophical stance.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. Which of the following is the main focus of the book? a. Addressing ethical issues by balancing personal and professional values b. Establishing a good therapist–client relationship through collaborative efforts c. Improving the mental health of clients d. Developing an integrative approach to various theories ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: How to Use this Book QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.2 - Identify suggested ways to use this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. Which of these statements about interventions is true? a. It is helpful to use one type of intervention with most clients. b. During the course of an individual’s therapy, different interventions may be needed at different times. c. It is best to require clients to adapt to your approach to counseling and the interventions that you are skilled at using. d. You should only use counseling interventions when you are certified or licensed.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: From My Point of View QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.1 - Explain the author’s philosophical stance.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. Which of the following assumes there is no single truth; rather, it is a belief that reality is social constructed through human interaction? a. Postmodern approach b. Family systems therapy c. Adlerian approach d. Reality therapy ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Theory Chapters – An Overview QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.3 - Differentiate between each contemporary counseling model discussed in this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 11. In the case of Stan, what are some of the key themes of his life from his intake interview? a. He puts himself down a lot but wants to feel better about himself. b. He has many concerns related to work. c. He is emotional an angry d. He prefers to spend time with himself over family and friends ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: The Case of Stan: An Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.4 - Identify key issues presented in the case of Stan.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. Which of the following statements best describes the author’s view of the medical model? a. Corey appreciates the focus on psychopathology and believes it gives clinicians the tools to assess what’s wrong with clients. b. A focus on the medical model restricts therapeutic practice because it stresses deficits rather than strengths. c. The medical model emphasizes strengths and competencies rather than psychopathology. d. The medical model is especially relevant for culturally diverse client populations.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: From My Point of View QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.1 - Explain the author’s philosophical stance.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

13. Which of the following was the main significance of conducting video sessions for Gwen? a. Different therapists worked on their own approaches. b. Techniques and programs were conducted based on the preferences of Gwen. c. Gwen was able to present her problems within a limited time period. d. Gwen was able to relate her past experiences to the present experiences.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Experience Counseling Sessions with Gwen QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.6 - Describe the key themes of the video counseling sessions with Gwen.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. Gwen was requested to which of the following in the informed consent session? a. To know about the use of techniques b. To know about the number of sessions and the time duration c. To discuss the differences in race and culture d. To understand the conditions under which consulting with a supervisor would be preferred ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Case of Gwen: An Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.5 - Identify key issues presented in the case of Gwen.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 15. Which of the following is not an issue that Stan struggles with? a. Fear of being alone b. Fear of intimate relationships with women c. Substance use d. Aggressive outbursts ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: The Case of Stan: An Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.4 - Identify key issues presented in the case of Stan.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 16. The counselor of Stan provided Stan counseling by analyzing from theoretical details from cognitive behavioral therapy alone. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: The Case of Stan: An Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.4 - Identify key issues presented in the case of Stan.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. In the case of Stan, the counselor could find attributes of different models to incorporate into a personal style of counseling. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Case of Stan: An Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.4 - Identify key issues presented in the case of Stan.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 18. Stan came to counseling because his personal problems made his friends stay away from him. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: The Case of Stan: An Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.4 - Identify key issues presented in the case of Stan.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 19. Gwen sought counseling because she had difficulty staying focused at work and generally felt sad and overwhelmed. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Case of Gwen: An Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.5 - Identify key issues presented in the case of Gwen.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

20. Sigmund Freud is credited with the development of the psychoanalytic therapy approach. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Theory Chapters – An Overview QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.3 - Differentiate between each contemporary counseling model discussed in this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 21. Choice theory/reality therapy applies the principles of learning to the resolution of specific behavioral problems. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Theory Chapters – An Overview QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.3 - Differentiate between each contemporary counseling model discussed in this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 22. A summary of the intake interview with Stan was presented to provide a context for making sense of the way therapists with various theoretical orientations might work with Stan. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Case of Stan: An Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.4 - Identify key issues presented in the case of Stan.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 23. The author suggests to briefly read chapter 15, to provide a comprehensive review of the key concepts from all the theories covered in the textbook. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: How to Use this Book Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.2 - Identify suggested ways to use this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 24. In counseling, it is imperative to account for multiple dimensions of humans to understand human functioning. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: How to Use this Book QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.2 - Identify suggested ways to use this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. In the case of Gwen, it is not important to consider her spiritual beliefs since her main concern was being overwhelmed by work. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Case of Gwen: An Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.5 - Identify key issues presented in the case of Gwen.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. Rudolf Dreikurs is credited with popularizing the Adlerian approach in the United States. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Theory Chapters: An Overview QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.3 - Differentiate between each contemporary counseling model discussed in this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. Cognitive therapy’s gives a primary role to thinking as it influences behavior. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

REFERENCES: Theory Chapters: An Overview QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.3 - Differentiate between each contemporary counseling model discussed in this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 28. Donald Meichenbaum is a prominent contributor to the development of cognitive behavior therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Theory Chapters: An Overview QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.3 - Differentiate between each contemporary counseling model discussed in this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. Existential therapy stresses building therapy on the basic conditions of human existence, such as choice, the freedom and responsibility to shape one’s life, and self-determination. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Theory Chapters: An Overview QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.3 - Differentiate between each contemporary counseling model discussed in this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. Michael White and David Epston are the major figures associated with narrative therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Theory Chapters: An Overview QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.3 - Differentiate between each contemporary counseling model discussed in this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. An experiential approach is Gestalt therapy, which offers a range of experiments to help clients gain awareness of what they are experiencing in the here and now. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

REFERENCES: Theory Chapters: An Overview QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1.3 - Differentiate between each contemporary counseling model discussed in this book.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

Chapter 2 1. It is especially important for counselors who work with culturally diverse client populations to do which of the following? a. Be unaware of how cultural self-awareness and sensitivity to one’s own cultural heritage are essential for any form of helping b. Be uncomfortable with differences between themselves and others in terms of race, ethnicity, culture, and beliefs c. Understand the cultural context of their clients in determining appropriate interventions d. Not to monitor their functioning through consultation, supervision, and further training or education ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Therapist and Multiculturalism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.6 - Describe what is involved in acquiring competency as a multicultural counselor.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. According to the text, which of the following is a personal characteristic of an effective counselor? a. Therapists generally live for future outcomes b. Therapists are not passionate c. Therapists do not have a sense of humor d. Therapists respect and appreciate themselves ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Counselor as Therapist QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.1 - Identify the characteristics of the counselor as a therapeutic person.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. Clients place more value on the personality of the therapist than on the __________. a. specific techniques used. b. specific words the therapist used. c. therapist’s theoretical orientation. d. aesthetics of the therapeutic setting.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Counselor as Therapist QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.1 - Identify the characteristics of the counselor as a therapeutic person.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

4. Wampold’s meta-analysis of many research studies on therapeutic effectiveness suggests which of the following? a. The interpersonal components are essential to effective psychotherapy b. The centrality of the client of the therapist is a primary factor in successful therapy c. The person of the psychotherapist is inextricably intertwined with the outcome of psychotherapy d. Therapy techniques are the key component of successful treatment ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Counselor as Therapist QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.1 - Identify the characteristics of the counselor as a therapeutic person.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 5. An authentic counselor is best described as: a. having the highest regard for all clients. b. being willing to be totally open and self-disclosing. c. being a technical expert who is committed to objectivity. d. being willing to look at their own life and make the changes wanted, and model that process by the way it is revealed to the client.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Counselor as Therapist QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.1 - Identify the characteristics of the counselor as a therapeutic person.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 6. Which of the following is not listed as a characteristic of the counselor as a therapeutic person? a. Counselors have a sense of humor. b. Counselors no longer have to cope with personal problems. c. Counselors make choices that are life oriented. d. Counselors make mistakes and are willing to admit them.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Counselor as Therapist QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.1 - Identify the characteristics of the counselor as a therapeutic person.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. __________ cannot be reduced simply to cultural awareness and sensitivity, to a body of knowledge, or to a specific set of skills.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

a. Cultural diversity b. Multicultural competence c. Multicultural diversity d. Theoretical pluralism ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Therapist and Multiculturalism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.6 - Describe what is involved in acquiring competency as a multicultural counselor.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. Norcross states that lasting lessons practitioners learn from their personal therapy experiences pertain to interpersonal relationships and the dynamics of psychotherapy mainly to a. work through early childhood trauma. b. learn to deal with transference and countertransference. c. recognize and resolve their codependent tendencies. d. become self-actualized individuals.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Care for the Counselor QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.2 - Describe the benefits of seeking personal counseling as a counselor.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. Personal therapy for therapists can be instrumental in assisting them to a. heal their own psychological wounds. b. gain an experiential sense of how to control the therapeutic session. c. understand their own needs and motives and how to heal them while counseling others. d. learn how to work through their own personal conflicts while counseling others.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Care for the Counselor QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.2 - Describe the benefits of seeking personal counseling as a counselor.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. The role of a counselor is to provide a safe and inviting environment in which clients can explore the congruence between their values and their behavior and also to: a. teach and persuade clients to act the right way. b. maintain an indifferent, neutral, and passive role by simply listening to everything the client reports.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

c. avoid challenging the values of clients. d. not contaminate the counseling process by imposing values.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Core Principles of the Therapeutic Process and Values QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.3 - Explain the concept of bracketing and what is involved in managing a counselor’s personal values.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 11. The author describes the characteristics of an effective counselor. By including this information in the chapter, the author is hoping to convey the message that: a. if you do not possess all of these characteristics, you are doomed to fail in the helping professions. b. deficits in these qualities almost always require years of psychoanalysis. c. you will examine it and develop your own concept of what personality traits you think are essential to strive for to promote your own personal growth. d. those who possess all of these qualities can bypass the requirement to participate in clinical supervision.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Counselor as Therapist QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.1 - Identify the characteristics of the counselor as a therapeutic person.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. During an initial session, an adolescent girl tells you that she is pregnant and is considering an abortion. Which of the following would be the most ethical and professional course for you to follow? a. Encourage her to get the abortion as soon as possible, without exploring any other option b. Steer her toward having her baby and then consider adoption for her baby c. Suggest that she go to church and pray about her situation d. Help her to clarify the range of her choices in light of her own values ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Core Principles of the Therapeutic Process and Values QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.3 - Explain the concept of bracketing and what is involved in managing a counselor’s personal values.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 13. Culturally encapsulated counselors would be most likely to: a. use their power to influence clients to accept or adopt their value system.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

b. have an appreciation for a multicultural perspective in their counseling practice. c. recognize the cultural dimensions their clients bring to therapy. d. accept clients who have a different set of assumptions about life.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Core Principles of the Therapeutic Process and Values QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.3 - Explain the concept of bracketing and what is involved in managing a counselor’s personal values.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. You are working with an ethnic minority client who is silent during the initial phase of counseling. This silence is probably best interpreted as: a. resistance. b. a manifestation of uncooperative behavior. c. a response consistent with their cultural context. d. a clear sign that counseling will not work.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Challenges for the Novice Therapist QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.7 - Identify issues faced by beginning therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. Which of the following is considered part of the conceptual framework for competencies and standards in multicultural counseling? a. Being able to learn when and how to make a referral for clients when your limitations keep you from helping them b. Being able to intellectually and emotionally be perfect for the client and never make a mistake c. Being able to ensure that personal biases, values, or problems do not interfere with the ability to work with clients that are culturally different from them d. Being willing to seek out countertransference projects before they impact the client ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Therapist and Multiculturalism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.6 - Describe what is involved in acquiring competency as a multicultural counselor.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 16. Which of the following is considered a practical guideline in addressing culture?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

a. Knowing how to analyze transference reactions b. Learning more about how your own cultural background has influenced your thinking and behavior c. Recognizing religion and spirituality as potentially significant aspects of the client’s identity d. Using self-defeating beliefs to burden yourself to never make a mistake ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Therapist and Multiculturalism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.6 - Describe what is involved in acquiring competency as a multicultural counselor.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 17. Essential components of effective multicultural counseling include: a. avoiding involvement in out-of-office interventions. b. feeling uncomfortable with their clients’ values and beliefs. c. realizing that your own biases could affect ethnic minority clients. d. employing institutional intervention skills on behalf of their clients when necessary or appropriate.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Therapist and Multiculturalism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.6 - Describe what is involved in acquiring competency as a multicultural counselor.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 18. If you are aware of the factors that sap your vitality as a person, you are in a better position to prevent the condition known as a. therapeutic lifestyle changes. b. professional burnout. c. countertransference. d. ethical obligation.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Keeping Your Professional and Personal Life Separate QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.8 - Describe the main therapeutic lifestyle changes that are key to self-care.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 19. Which of the following is a method of increasing effectiveness in working with diverse client populations? a. Learn effective multicultural practices by disengaging from diverse populations b. Realize that practicing from a multicultural perspective will probably make your job very difficult c. Be flexible in applying techniques with clients Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

d. Use your basic assumptions pertaining to diversity ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: The Therapist and Multiculturalism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.5 - Discuss the role of diversity issues in the therapeutic relationship.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 20. The __________ factors—the alliance, the relationship, the personal and interpersonal skills of the therapist, client agency, and extra-therapeutic factors—are the primary determinants of therapeutic outcome. a. logistical b. contextual c. psychodynamic d. technical ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Care for the Counselor QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.1 - Identify the characteristics of the counselor as a therapeutic person.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 21. If we are inauthentic, it is unlikely that our clients will detect it. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Care for the Counselor QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.1 - Identify the characteristics of the counselor as a therapeutic person.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 22. A meta-analysis of research on therapeutic effectiveness found that the personal and interpersonal components are, at best, only moderately related to effective psychotherapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: The Counselor as Therapist QUESTION TYPE: True / False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.1 - Identify the characteristics of the counselor as a therapeutic person.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. Effective therapists are not the victims of their early decisions. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: The Counselor as Therapist QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.1 - Identify the characteristics of the counselor as a therapeutic person.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 24. Therapists should not admit their mistakes because that could diminish their clients’ confidence in them. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: The Counselor as Therapist QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.1 - Identify the characteristics of the counselor as a therapeutic person.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. Truly dedicated therapists carry the problems of their clients around with them during leisure hours. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: The Counselor as Therapist QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.1 - Identify the characteristics of the counselor as a therapeutic person.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. The vast majority of mental health professionals have experienced personal therapy, typically on several occasions. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Care for the Counselor Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.2 - Describe the benefits of seeking personal counseling as a counselor.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. Therapists must be free of conflicts before they can counsel others. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Care for the Counselor QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.2 - Describe the benefits of seeking personal counseling as a counselor.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 28. It is not the therapist’s function to persuade clients to accept or adopt the therapist’s value system. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Core Principles of the Therapeutic Process and Values QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.3 - Explain the concept of bracketing and what is involved in managing a counselor’s personal values.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. Your role as a counselor is to provide a safe and inviting environment in which clients can explore the congruence between their values and their behavior. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Core Principles of the Therapeutic Process and Values QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.3 - Explain the concept of bracketing and what is involved in managing a counselor’s personal values.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. The general goals of counselors must be congruent with the personal goals of the client. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

REFERENCES: Core Principles of the Therapeutic Process and Values QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.3 - Explain the concept of bracketing and what is involved in managing a counselor’s personal values.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. If you try to figure out in advance how to proceed with a client, you may be depriving the client of the opportunity to become an active partner in their own therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Core Principles of the Therapeutic Process and Values QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.4 - Explain how values relate to identifying goals in counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 32. Counselors from all cultural groups must examine their expectations, attitudes, biases, and assumptions about the counseling process and about persons from diverse groups. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: The Therapist and Multiculturalism QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.5 - Discuss the role of diversity issues in the therapeutic relationship.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 33. Practitioners must have had the same experiences as their clients in order to have empathy for them. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: The Therapist and Multiculturalism QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.6 - Describe what is involved in acquiring competency as a multicultural counselor.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 34. The skill of immediacy involves revealing what we are thinking or feeling in the here-and-now with the client. a. True b. False ANSWER: True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Challenges for the Novice Therapist QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.7 - Identify issues faced by beginning therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 35. Ideally, the therapist’s self-care should mirror the care they provide for others. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Keeping Your Professional and Personal Life Separate QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 2.8 - Describe the main therapeutic lifestyle changes that are key to self-care.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

1. In becoming an ethical practitioner, a crucial task is to: a. learn how to arrive at clear-cut answers for difficult situations. b. identify a specific ethical code as the source of answers to ethical dilemmas. c. exercise prudent judgment when it comes to interpreting and applying ethical principles to specific situations. d. avoid making any mistakes in counseling practice.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: How to Make Ethical Decisions QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.2 - Identify characteristics and procedural steps of ethical decision making.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. What is the challenge of fulfilling the spirit of informed consent? a. Tell clients about the nature of confidentiality. b. Strike a balance between giving clients too much information and giving them too little. c. Convince clients that counselors know what they are doing. d. Teach clients about state laws that pertain to counseling.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Clients’ Rights to Informed Consent QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.3 - Explain the right of informed consent.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

3. The ethics codes do not mandate that dual or multiple relationships: a. should be avoided or that nonsexual multiple relationships are unethical. b. are clearly grounds for revocation of one’s professional license. c. are helpful in case of counseling one’s friends or relatives. d. are impossible to avoid.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Issues of Multiple Relationships in Practice QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.13 - Discuss various perspectives on multiple relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 4. In regard to maintaining confidentiality, what would be the best course of action taken by counselors for their clients? a. Disclosing confidential matters to only those who claim to have legal privilege b. Withholding certain information from clients early in the counseling process c. Revealing or concealing information for certain clients based on their judgmental stance d. Specifying it in informed consent and discussing their relationships with a supervisor or a colleague ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: All about Confidentiality QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.4 - Articulate the dimensions of confidentiality (privacy, privileged communications, and exceptions).

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 5. Identify the only case in which confidentiality must not be breached. a. Clients pose a danger to others b. A child under the age of 16 requests counseling sessions c. An older adult is being abused d. The therapist determines that the client needs immediate, involuntary hospitalization ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: All about Confidentiality QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.6 - Identify the major exceptions to confidentiality.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. Which statement is not true about guidelines for ethical practice in counseling and psychotherapy? a. Most professional organizations provide broad guidelines.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

b. Therapists ultimately have to discover their own guidelines for reasonable practice. c. Practitioners are free to formulate any ethics they choose. d. Ethical issues should be periodically reexamined throughout your professional life.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: How to Make Ethical Decisions QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.2 - Identify characteristics and procedural steps of ethical decision making.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. A therapist should consult with colleagues or specialists under all circumstances, except a. when multiple relationships are potentially problematic. b. when facing an ethical problem. c. when losing objectivity. d. when discussing past life choices.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Issues of Multiple Relationships in Practice QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.13 - Discuss various perspectives on multiple relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. Clients have a right to know about __________ before making highly personal disclosures. a. their therapist’s qualifications and personal information b. the general goals of the therapist during personal counseling c. the approximate length and details of the therapist’s personal relationships d. limits of confidentiality ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: All about Confidentiality QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.4 - Articulate the dimensions of confidentiality (privacy, privileged communications, and exceptions).

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. Both the feminist perspective and the postmodern approaches charge that diagnoses: a. are an appropriate part of counseling sessions. b. are generally helpful to women clients. c. ignore societal contexts. d. are an essential part of the medical model they follow.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Ethics during Assessment QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.10 - Explain how ethnic and cultural factors can influence assessment and diagnosis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. Marcus, a therapist in a community agency, recently divorced his wife and seems to be harboring anger towards women in general. His colleagues, who have noticed a change in his attitude and behavior lately, have encouraged him to seek personal counseling to work through his issues. They are: a. overreacting to his anger and are overstepping the boundaries by suggesting Marcus he go to counseling. b. unwise to suggest counseling because Marcus will not benefit from it because he is a therapist and already knows how to deal with his problems. c. acting ethically by recommending counseling for Marcus; as counselors, they recognize that personal issues that have not been worked through are likely to be projected onto clients. d. being unsupportive colleagues, because they should offer to provide counseling to Marcus and not refer him to a professional outside of the agency.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.1 - Describe mandatory, aspirational, and positive ethics.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. Counselors may effectively deal with multiple roles and responsibilities by a. understanding the role-playing purpose and the particular situation. b. addressing power differential and boundary issues. c. resolving conflicts on a case-by-case basis. d. following ethics codes.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Issues of Multiple Relationships in Practice QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.12 - Describe ethical issues related to multiple relationships in counseling practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. During her sessions, Justine questions whether she is trying to meet her clients’ needs or her own needs. Justine is a. being overly analytical. b. actively working toward expanding her self-awareness and learning to recognize her areas of prejudice and vulnerability. c. self-absorbed and insecure.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

d. behaving unethically since she is preoccupied during her clients’ sessions.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.1 - Describe mandatory, aspirational, and positive ethics.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 13. In the practice of counseling and psychotherapy, what does assessment refers to: a. Identifying a specific mental disorder b. Forming an explanation of the causes of the client’s difficulties c. Evaluating the relevant factors in a client’s life to identify themes for further exploration in the counseling process d. Gaining an account of how the client’s problems developed over time ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Ethics during Assessment QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.9 - Identify some key ethical issues in assessment and diagnosis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. What is the definition of evidence-based practices? a. The integration of the best available research with clinical expertise in the context of patient characteristics, culture, and preferences b. Practices tailored to focus only on the therapist–client relationship without addressing specific problems and symptoms c. A set of actions focused on therapist-created techniques that do not have an empirical basis d. Standardized therapeutic procedures that are not time limited ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Ethics and Evidence-Based Practice QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.11 - Compare arguments for and against evidence-based practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. Contemporary therapy approaches need to be expanded to include which of the following to make them adequate to work with diverse client populations? a. A multicultural perspective b. Methods to shorten the length of the therapeutic process c. Techniques to deal with unconsciousness Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

d. Strategies to study behaviors of a pluralistic society from an individual perspective ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Ethics from a Multicultural Perspective QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.7 - Discuss ethical issues from a multicultural perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 16. Which of the following would be the most effective solution when therapists make use of technology? a. Sharing appropriate information with clients b. Following practices that limit the use of technology c. Resolving transference and countertransference issues in the virtual relationship between the therapist and the client d. Setting professional boundaries ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: All about Confidentiality QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.5 - Recognize the ethical and legal aspects of using technology KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 17. Which of the following is not a recommendation for counselors to the use of social media? a. Limiting what is shared online b. Limiting the number of contacts based on judgments c. Including clear and thorough social networking policies as part of the informed consent process d. Regularly updating protective settings because social media providers often change their privacy rules ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Issues of Multiple Relationships in Practice QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.15 - Explain how to manage boundaries and risks associated with using social media.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 18. __________ involves the right of clients to be informed about their therapy and to make autonomous decisions pertaining to it. a. Informed consent b. Confidentiality c. Privileged communication d. Breach of confidentiality ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Clients’ Rights to Informed Consent QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.3 - Explain the right of informed consent.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 19. What is the most recommended practice for therapists using the social media to establish clear boundaries and avoid inappropriate multiple relationships? a. To decide which contacts be kept b. To inform clients at any point of the counseling process that only professional information will be shared c. To separate personal and professional social media d. To work only on the information useful to the counseling process ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Issues of Multiple Relationships in Practice QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.15 - Explain how to manage boundaries and risks associated with using social media.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 20. Which of the following needs to be considered when working with diverse client populations? a. Social and economic variables b. Social and environmental variables c. Environmental and biological variables d. Cultural and environmental variables ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Ethics from a Multicultural Perspective QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.7 - Discuss ethical issues from a multicultural perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 21. A boundary crossing could potentially benefit a client. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Issues of Multiple Relationships in Practice QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.14 - Explain the differences between a boundary crossing and a boundary violation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 22. The DSM-5 is based on a medical model of mental illness that defines problems as residing with society rather than with an individual. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Ethics during Assessment QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.10 - Explain how ethnic and cultural factors can influence assessment and diagnosis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 23. Contemporary therapy approaches are grounded on a core set of values, which are neither value-neutral nor applicable to all cultures. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Ethics from a Multicultural Perspective QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.8 - Recognize when it is necessary to modify techniques with diverse clients.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 24. Overemphasizing cultural differences is always appropriate in a counseling context. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Ethics from a Multicultural Perspective QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.8 - Recognize when it is necessary to modify techniques with diverse clients.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. A diagnosis provides a working hypothesis that guides the practitioner in understanding the client. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Ethics during Assessment QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.9 - Identify some key ethical issues in assessment and diagnosis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. Confidentiality can be considered an absolute. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: All about Confidentiality QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.4 - Articulate the dimensions of confidentiality (privacy, privileged communications, and exceptions).

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. Clinicians who work in community mental health agencies, private practice, and other human service settings are generally expected to assess client problems within the framework of the National Association of Social Workers’ Diagnostic and Assessment Protocol Manual (3rd ed.). a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Ethics during Assessment QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.10 - Explain how ethnic and cultural factors can influence assessment and diagnosis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 28. The central aim of evidence-based practice is to require psychotherapists to base their practice on techniques that have empirical evidence to support their efficacy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Ethics and Evidence-Based Practice QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.11 - Compare arguments for and against evidence-based practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. Human change is complex and difficult to measure beyond such a simplistic level that the change may be meaningless. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Ethics and Evidence-Based Practice QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.11 - Compare arguments for and against evidence-based practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. The only setting in which one might be forced to manage multiple roles is in community mental health centers. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Issues of Multiple Relationships in Practice QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.12 - Describe ethical issues related to multiple relationships in counseling practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. The ethics codes mandate avoidance of all dual or multiple relationships. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Issues of Multiple Relationships in Practice QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.13 - Discuss various perspectives on multiple relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 32. Multiple relationship issues can be resolved with ethics codes alone. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Issues of Multiple Relationships in Practice QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.14 - Explain the differences between a boundary crossing and a boundary violation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 33. If you are successful in establishing boundaries in various aspects of your personal life, you have a good foundation for creating sound boundaries with clients. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Issues of Multiple Relationships in Practice QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.14 - Explain the differences between a boundary crossing and a boundary violation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 34. Becoming an ethical practitioner is not a final destination but a journey that will continue throughout your career. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: How to be an Ethical Counselor QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.16 - Explain what is involved in becoming an ethical counselor.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 35. The American Counseling Association uses the term nonprofessional relationships when referring to dual or multiple relationships. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: How to be an Ethical Counselor QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 3.6 - Explain what is involved in becoming an ethical counselor.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

s1. Evidence suggesting the concept of the unconscious includes all of the following, except: a. dreams. b. post-hypnotic suggestions. c. free-association. d. material derived from introspective techniques.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.2 - Identify the differences between the id, ego, and superego.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

2. A person who unconsciously exhibits overly nice behavior to conceal hostile feelings is probably using which ego defense? a. Displacement b. Reaction formation c. Introjection d. Projection ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.3 - Explain how ego-defense mechanisms help individuals cope with anxiety.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. Resolution of sexual conflicts and sex-role identity is a critical function of the a. oral stage. b. anal stage. c. phallic stage. d. genital stage.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.4 - Discuss the influence of early childhood development on an individual’s present problems.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 4. Feelings of hostility, destructiveness, anger, rage, and hatred are associated with the a. oral stage. b. anal stage. c. phallic stage. d. genital stage.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.4 - Discuss the influence of early childhood development on an individual’s present problems.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 5. The basic aim of psychoanalytic therapy is to Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

a. treat specific learning disorders. b. change overt behavior. c. correct irrational thinking. d. make the unconscious motives conscious.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.2 - Identify the differences between the id, ego, and superego.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. A major characteristic of the classical psychoanalytic therapist is a. openness and self-disclosure. b. a deeply personal and sharing relationship. c. a sense of being anonymous. d. a focus on specific behavior and an objective appraisal of learned patterns of behavior.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.6 - Explain the rationale for the analyst maintaining an anonymous role in classical psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 7. The ―fundamental rule‖ for the client in psychoanalysis is: a. forming a contract with the therapist. b. willingness to do ―homework assignments.‖ c. participating in free association. d. writing down dreams.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.7 - Identify what is expected of clients who participate in traditional (classical) psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 8. A more flexible variant of psychoanalysis is: a. psychoanalytically oriented psychotherapy. b. psychoanalytically oriented reality therapy.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

c. superego-oriented psychotherapy. d. psychoanalytic behavior analysis.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 9. The technique whereby the analyst explains the meaning of certain behavior is known as a. transference. b. rationalization. c. countertransference. d. interpretation.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Therapy: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.9 - Define these techniques commonly used in psychoanalytic practice: maintaining the analytic framework, free association, interpretation, dream analysis, and analysis and interpretation of resistance and transference.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 10. The concept of resistance can best be described as all of the following, except: a. everything that prevents a client from producing unconscious material. b. that which needs to be analyzed and interpreted. c. an inevitable part of psychoanalytic therapy. d. invaluable from a theoretical and clinical perspective.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Therapy: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.9 - Define these techniques commonly used in psychoanalytic practice: maintaining the analytic framework, free association, interpretation, dream analysis, and analysis and interpretation of resistance and transference.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. Directing energy toward another object or a person (when anxiety is reduced by focusing on a ―safer target‖) is known as a. sublimation. b. repression.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

c. introjection. d. displacement.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology theorists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. In Freud’s view, an individual experiencing neurotic anxiety feels a. they have behaved in a manner that is inconsistent with his moral code. b. a realistic threat is present in the environment. c. they will not be able to control their instincts and will behave inappropriately. d. guilt associated with past actions.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology theorists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 13. Freud used the term libido in which of the following ways? a. To refer to the death instincts b. To refer to the energy of all the life instincts c. To refer to sexual abuse d. To account for the aggressive drive ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology theorists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 14. What is the correct sequence of the psychosexual stages? a. Anal/phallic/latency/genital/oral b. Oral/anal/phallic/latency/genital c. Oral/anal/latency/genital/phallic Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

d. Latency/oral/anal/phallic/genital ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology theorists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 15. In Erikson’s view, the major developmental task in adolescence is a. intimacy versus isolation. b. integrity versus despair. c. identity versus role confusion. d. initiative versus guilt.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology theorists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 16. A person experiencing persistent feelings of inadequacy has probably had difficulty attaining a sense of __________ during the __________ stage. a. intimacy; young adulthood b. identity; adolescent c. integrity; later life d. industry; school age ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology theorists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 17. Self-psychology and object-relations theory do not emphasize which of the following? a. The influence of critical factors in early development on later development b. The origins, transformations, and organizational functions of the self c. The differentiation between self and others Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

d. The similar values of different cultures ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Personality Development According to Jung QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.12 - Describe unique characteristics of the Jungian perspective on personality development.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 18. Which statements is not true with regard to the relational approach to psychoanalysis? a. The approach is based on an egalitarian model. b. There is an exploration of the subjectivities of both client and therapist. c. Countertransference provides rich information about the client’s dynamics. d. Therapist anonymity is used to foster the transference relationship.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Contemporary Trends: Object-Relations Theory, Self-Psychology, and Relational Psychoanalysis QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.13 - Describe these contemporary trends in psychoanalytically oriented therapy: objectrelations theory, self-psychology, and relational psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 19. From a multicultural perspective, classical analysis may display all of the following characteristics, except: a. discourage clients who do not hold upper-middle-class values. b. be problematic for clients from cultures that prefer a directive approach. c. underscore the role of important cultural and political factors in the client’s world. d. include ambiguity in most psychoanalytic approaches.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Psychoanalysis and Multiculturalism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.14 - Identify some of the strengths and the shortcomings of psychoanalysis from a multicultural perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 20. Which of the following is a part of Jung’s view of development? a. Individuation b. Resistance c. Interpretation d. Manifest content Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Personality Development According to Jung QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.12 - Describe unique characteristics of the Jungian perspective on personality development.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 21. The psychodynamic model offers a conceptual framework for understanding the history of the members of a group and a way of thinking about how their past is affecting them now in the group and in their everyday lives. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Therapy: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.10 - Explain the application of psychodynamic concepts to group therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 22. Psychodynamic therapists assume an anonymous stance, called the ―blank screen‖ approach, as a necessary way to foster transference. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.6 - Explain the rationale for the analyst maintaining an anonymous role in classical psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. The interpretation process consists of repetitive, elaborate explorations of unconscious material and defenses, most of which originate in early childhood. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 38

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.8 - Explain the role of transference and countertransference in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 24. In psychodynamic group work, symbolic figures from a client’s past may emerge. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Therapy: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.10 - Explain the application of psychodynamic concepts to group therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. Psychoanalysis provides therapists with a conceptual framework for looking at behavior and understanding the origins and functions of present symptoms. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.15 - Describe some of the main contributions and limitations of psychodynamic therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. A person who manages their anxiety by distorting reality and failing to acknowledge painful events is most likely using: a. introjection. b. sublimation. c. denial. d. compensation.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.3 - Explain how ego-defense mechanisms help individuals cope with anxiety.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. Manufacturing ―good‖ reasons to explain away a bruised ego, or to explain away failures or losses, is known as: a. rationalization. b. projection. c. displacement.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 39

d. introjection.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.3 - Explain how ego-defense mechanisms help individuals cope with anxiety.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 28. The young adult who adopts his parent’s outdated political beliefs to avoid unpleasant feelings of anxiety is an example of: a. displacement. b. reaction formation. c. sublimation. d. introjection.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.3 - Explain how ego-defense mechanisms help individuals cope with anxiety.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 29. The ego defense mechanism that consists of masking perceived weaknesses or developing certain positive traits to make up for limitations is known as: a. sublimation. b. compensation. c. introjection. d. reaction formation.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.3 - Explain how ego-defense mechanisms help individuals cope with anxiety.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 30. The process of redirecting sexual energy into some form of socially acceptable behavior is known as: a. displacement. b. denial. c. compensation. d. sublimation.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 40

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.3 - Explain how ego-defense mechanisms help individuals cope with anxiety.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 31. The Electra complex and the Oedipus complex are associated with what psychosexual stage of development? a. Anal b. Genital c. Oral d. Phallic ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology theorists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 32. The basic aim of psychoanalytic therapy is to: a. treat specific learning disorders. b. change overt behavior. c. correct irrational thinking. d. make unconscious motives conscious.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology theorists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 33. Jacqueline feels guilty whenever she considers taking a day off from work for personal reasons. Which of the psychic structures postulated by Freud is fueling her guilty feelings? a. The id b. The ego c. The superego d. The consciousness ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology theorists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 41

34. A major characteristic of the classical psychoanalytic therapist is: a. openness and self-disclosure. b. a deeply personal and sharing relationship. c. a sense of being anonymous. d. a focus on specific behavior and an objective appraisal of learned patterns of behavior.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.6 - Explain the rationale for the analyst maintaining an anonymous role in classical psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 35. The primary aim of time limited dynamic psychotherapy is to: a. explore sources of childhood trauma. b. deal exclusively with a single presenting problem. c. change the client’s repetitive patterns of relating to others. d. bring about catharsis.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Contemporary Trends: Object-Relations Theory, Self-Psychology, and Relationship Psychoanalysis QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.13 - Describe these contemporary trends in psychoanalytically oriented therapy: objectrelations theory, self-psychology, and relational psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 36. The main function of the ego is to: a. inhibit id impulses. b. seek pleasure in life. c. mediate between the instincts and the surrounding environment. d. strive for perfection.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.2 - Identify the differences between the id, ego, and superego.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 37. Which of the following is true about the superego? a. It is the external world of reality. b. It is the original system of personality. c. It governs the moral code.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 42

d. It is ruled by the pleasure principle.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.2 - Identify the differences between the id, ego, and superego.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 38. Henry has the impulse to gamble excessively whenever he goes to Las Vegas. Aware of this, he has decided to turn down a job offer in Las Vegas to avoid the temptation to gamble. What part of Henry’s personality helped him to reach this decision? a. The id b. The ego c. The superego d. The unconscious ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.2 - Identify the differences between the id, ego, and superego.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. If a person becomes fixated in the oral stage of development, they will show: a. an inability to accept one’s sexuality b. an inability to express ager c. a mistrust of others. d. a high self-esteem.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.4 - Discuss the influence of early childhood development on an individual’s present problems.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 40. According to Erickson, the basic struggle of early childhood involves: a. autonomy vs. shame and doubt. b. initiative vs. guilt. c. identity vs. role confusion. d. trust vs. mistrust.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 43

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology theorists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. The developmental crisis involving initiative vs. guilt occurs during: a. school age. b. early childhood age. c. preschool age. d. adolescence.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology theorists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 42. A person who is suffering from feelings of alienation and isolation has probably failed to achieve a sense of __________ during the __________ stage of development. a. identity; adolescence b. trust; infancy c. generativity; middle age d. intimacy; young adulthood ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology theorists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 43. Developmentally, Freud’s latency stage corresponds to Erickson’s stage of: a. trust versus mistrust. b. intimacy versus isolation. c. initiative versus guilt. d. industry versus inferiority.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 44

KEYWORDS:

theorists.

Bloom’s: Understand

44. Who developed the object-relations view that focuses on separation and individuation? a. Perls b. Satir c. Rogers d. Mahler ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Contemporary Trends: Object-Relations Theory, Self-Psychology, and Relationship Psychoanalysis QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.13 - Describe these contemporary trends in psychoanalytically oriented therapy: objectrelations theory, self-psychology, and relational psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 45. Because ego and consciousness are not the same, the slogan for psychoanalysis has shifted from ―making the unconscious conscious‖ to: a. ―making the ego conscious.‖ b. ―where there was id, let there be ego.‖ c. ―get rid of the id, kid!‖ d. ―may the force be within you.‖ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology theorists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 46. In order to meet the goals of psychoanalytic treatment, Rhonda must help her eating disordered clients to: a. reduce their symptoms and resolve their internal conflicts. b. replace negative self-talk with positive self-talk. c. make use of programs such as Weight Watchers or the Atkins diet plan. d. increase their support networks and develop social interest.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.6 - Explain the rationale for the analyst maintaining an anonymous role in classical psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 45

47. Which of the following is a component of the brief psychodynamic approaches? a. Use of interpretation later in the therapeutic relationship b. Targeting a specific personal problem during the first session c. The therapist functioning as a blank slate d. Developing a strong working alliance ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Contemporary Trends: Object-Relations Theory, Self-Psychology, and Relationship Psychoanalysis QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.13 - Describe these contemporary trends in psychoanalytically oriented therapy: objectrelations theory, self-psychology, and relational psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 48. Which of the following is true about a therapist’s countertransference reactions? a. They should be avoided. b. They do not interfere with effective treatment. c. They can provide rich understanding of the client’s experience. d. They do not need to be reviewed by the therapist.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.8 - Explain the role of transference and countertransference in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. Which of the following statements is true about the relationship a client has with their analyst? a. The client is free to express any idea or feeling as long as it is not scandalous. b. The analyst is free to engage in spontaneous self-expression if a client makes an erroneous comment. c. The client is free to express any idea or feeling, no matter how irresponsible, scandalous, politically incorrect, selfish, or infantile. d. The client is encouraged to use ―solution talk‖ and avoid talking about problems.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.8 - Explain the role of transference and countertransference in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. In object-relations theory, later relationships build upon: a. the child’s search for approval from the father. b. one’s birth order. c. one’s striving to overcome felt inferiority.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 46

d. the child’s search for a reconnection with the mother.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.8 - Explain the role of transference and countertransference in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. Which statement is true with regard to the phenomenon of countertransference? a. Countertransference reactions are the weakest source of data for understanding the world of the client since they are so biased. b. Countertransference reactions are inevitable because all therapists have unresolved conflicts and personal vulnerabilities that are activated through their professional work. c. All research on countertransference has dealt with its deleterious effects and how to manage these reactions. d. It is critical that therapists ignore their own feelings during therapy sessions as a source for increased understanding of their clients.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.8 - Explain the role of transference and countertransference in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. Individuals who display exhibitionistic traits, seek attention and admiration from others, and are extremely selfabsorbed might have which of the following personality disorders? a. Narcissistic b. Dependent c. Borderline d. Obsessive-compulsive ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Contemporary Trends: Object-Relations Theory, Self-Psychology, and Relationship Psychoanalysis QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.13 - Describe these contemporary trends in psychoanalytically oriented therapy: objectrelations theory, self-psychology, and relational psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. A person with a __________ personality disorder is characterized by instability, irritability, self-destructive acts, impulsive anger, and extreme mood shifts. This person is lacking a clear sense of identity, has poor impulse control, and an inability to tolerate anxiety. a. narcissistic b. dependent c. borderline Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 47

d. obsessive-compulsive ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Contemporary Trends: Object-Relations Theory, Self-Psychology, and Relationship Psychoanalysis QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.13 - Describe these contemporary trends in psychoanalytically oriented therapy: objectrelations theory, self-psychology, and relational psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 54. The range of emotionally charged responses such as withdrawal, anger, love, annoyance, powerlessness, avoidance, overidentification, control, and sadness of the therapist are often associated with: a. transference. b. working-through. c. interpretation. d. countertransference.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.8 - Explain the role of transference and countertransference in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 55. The ego is the original structure of personality. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.2 - Identify the differences between the id, ego, and superego.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 56. The Freudian view of human nature is deterministic. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.2 - Identify the differences between the id, ego, and superego.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 48

57. Traditional analytic therapists make more frequent interpretations of transferences and engage in fewer supportive interventions than is the case with psychodynamic therapists. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.6 - Explain the rationale for the analyst maintaining an anonymous role in classical psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. Freud postulated the concepts of both life instincts and death instincts. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. According to Freud, consciousness constitutes the largest part of one’s psychological functioning. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.2 - Identify the differences between the id, ego, and superego.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. Ego-defense mechanisms, by their very nature, imply psychopathology. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.2 - Identify the differences between the id, ego, and superego.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. Freud postulated the theory of sexuality.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 49

a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.2 - Identify the differences between the id, ego, and superego.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 62. The major developmental task of the anal stage is acquiring a sense of trust. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.3 - Explain how ego-defense mechanisms help individuals cope with anxiety.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 63. During the anal stage, children typically experience a range of negative feelings, including rage, hate, and hostility. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.3 - Explain how ego-defense mechanisms help individuals cope with anxiety.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 64. According to Freudians, greediness and hoarding may develop as a result of not getting oral needs properly met. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.3 - Explain how ego-defense mechanisms help individuals cope with anxiety.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 65. The phallic stage typically occurs during the ages of 1 to 3. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 50

ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.4 - Discuss the influence of early childhood development on an individual’s present problems.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 66. The latency stage occurs between the ages of 5 to 12. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.4 - Discuss the influence of early childhood development on an individual’s present problems.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 67. The Oedipal complex and the Electra complex are associated with the genital stage of development. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.5 - Identify the main differences between classical psychoanalysts and ego psychology theorists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 68. Analytic therapists view transference as a factor that results from ineffective intervention on the therapist’s part. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.6 - Explain the rationale for the analyst maintaining an anonymous role in classical psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 69. Typically, analytically oriented therapists assume an anonymous stance, which is sometimes called the ―blank screen‖ approach, as a necessary way to foster transference.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 51

a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.6 - Explain the rationale for the analyst maintaining an anonymous role in classical psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 70. Free association is one of the basic tools used to gain access to the unconscious. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.6 - Explain the rationale for the analyst maintaining an anonymous role in classical psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 71. Analytically oriented therapists typically interpret free associations, dreams, resistances, and transferences. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.7 - Identify what is expected of clients who participate in traditional (classical) psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 72. Clients in analytic therapy typically free associate to describe various symbols in their dreams. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.7 - Identify what is expected of clients who participate in traditional (classical) psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 52

73. Resistance, in the analytic view, results from either a conscious unwillingness on the part of the client to cooperate, or from the ineptness of the therapist in developing a sound therapeutic program. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.7 - Identify what is expected of clients who participate in traditional (classical) psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 74. The analysis of transference is a central technique in psychoanalysis. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.7 - Identify what is expected of clients who participate in traditional (classical) psychoanalysis.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 75. The relational model of psychoanalysis regards therapy as an interactive process between the client and therapist. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.8 - Explain the role of transference and countertransference in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 76. The relational model of psychoanalysis downplays the role of countertransference. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.8 - Explain the role of transference and countertransference in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 53

77. Brief psychodynamic therapies target specific interpersonal problems during the initial session. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Therapy: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.9 - Define these techniques commonly used in psychoanalytic practice: maintaining the analytic framework, free association, interpretation, dream analysis, and analysis and interpretation of resistance and transference.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 78. Brief psychodynamic therapists tend to assume an active role in the therapy process. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Therapy: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.9 - Define these techniques commonly used in psychoanalytic practice: maintaining the analytic framework, free association, interpretation, dream analysis, and analysis and interpretation of resistance and transference.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 79. Psychodynamic group leaders do not interpret their client’s transferences. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.8 - Explain the role of transference and countertransference in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 80. The working-through process consists of repetitive and elaborate explorations of unconscious material and defenses, most of which originate in early childhood. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Psychoanalytical Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 4.8 - Explain the role of transference and countertransference in the therapy process.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 54

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

1. Which of the following is not one of three life tasks according to Adlerian theory? a. Building friendships b. Establishing intimacy c. Contributing to society d. Enhancing wellness ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.3 - Define Key Concepts and explain the implications for therapy practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 2. __________ is often described as our perceptions regarding self, others, and the world, and includes the connecting themes and rules of interaction that give meaning to our actions. a. Striving for significance and superiority b. Fictional finalism c. Lifestyle d. Holistic concept ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. Which statement about social interest is true in Adler’s perspective? a. While Adler considered social interest to be innate, he also believed that it must be learned, developed, and used. b. Adler believed most people to be incapable of developing social interest even though it was something to which they should aspire. c. In his later years, Adler recanted his beliefs about social interest and focused on addressing unconscious dynamics as the key to mental health. d. The concept of social interest was originally introduced by Freud, and Adler incorporated it into his theory.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 55

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.2 - Explain the meaning of social interest and how this is a foundational concept of the Adlerian approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 4. Dr. Jones told Emily that her efforts to overcome her fear of test taking at school will most likely lead her to outperform all of her classmates one day. This intervention was: a. appropriate because it was intended to bolster Emily’s self-esteem and academic self-concept. b. inappropriate because Dr. Jones was confusing Adler’s notion of superiority with the idea that her client would become superior over others. c. not only unethical, it was illegal. d. inappropriate because Emily will never be able to outperform her classmates.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 5. The purpose of examining a client’s family constellation is to: a. get a picture of the individual’s early social world. b. bring unconscious factors to the surface. c. discover hereditary aspects of the client’s behavior. d. determine who else in the family needs help.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.8 - Identify what is involved in a thorough assessment of an individual KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. Adlerians refer to social interest and community feeling to as a. an individual’s attitude in dealing with their past. b. a sense of identification with others without empathy. c. individuals’ striving for a better future for only themselves. d. individuals’ awareness of being part of the human community and their individuals’ attitudes in dealing with the social world.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 56

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.2 - Explain the meaning of social interest and how this is a foundational concept of the Adlerian approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. All of the following are stages in Adlerian counseling, except: a. establishing a therapeutic relationship. b. encouraging self-understanding and insight. c. reorientation. d. analysis of resistance.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.7 - Describe the four phases of the Adlerian therapeutic process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 8. The process of encouragement in Adlerian counseling includes helping clients do all of the following, except: a. focus on their resources and strengths. b. become aware of their assets and strengths rather than dealing continually with their deficits and liabilities. c. recognize or accept their positive qualities. d. understand their liabilities and weaknesses and process them in detail.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Phase 4: Reorientation and Reeducation QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES: LEARNING OBJECTIVES: KEYWORDS:

Multiple Choice False 5.10 - Describe what is involved in the reorientation and reeducation process.

Bloom’s: Understand

9. An Adlerian therapist asks for the client’s earliest recollections in order to: a. provide a point of departure for the therapeutic venture. b. reveal their past and reintroduce the client to the pain and heartbreak of their basic mistakes. c. give clues as to the best way to steer the client to develop in a more positive way. d. gain a better understanding of what memories to not process during therapy.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 57

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.5 - Discuss the role of the family constellation and early recollections in a lifestyle assessment.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. Adlerians view the use of techniques in counseling as a. geared to the phase of therapy and the needs of the client. b. more important than paying attention to the subjective experiences of the client. c. providing clues as to the best way to steer the client to develop in a more positive way. d. unethical.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.7 - Describe the four phases of the Adlerian therapeutic process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 11. Which technique is not used in Adlerian family counseling? a. Immediacy b. Paradoxical intention c. Analysis of resistances between family members d. The push-button technique ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Phase 4: Reorientation and Reeducation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.10 - Describe what is involved in the reorientation and reeducation process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. In helping clients to examine their mistaken goals and faulty assumptions, an Adlerian therapist does not use a. encouragement. b. challenge and confrontation. c. open-ended interpretations. d. interpretation of the transference relationship.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.5 - Discuss the role of the family constellation and early recollections in a lifestyle assessment.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 58

13. Adler chose the name __________ for his theoretical approach because it is based on a growth model. a. individual psychology b. community psychology c. ego psychology d. id psychology ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.11 - Describe areas in which the Adlerian approach can be applied.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 14. One contribution of Adlerian therapy is that a. practitioners are given a great deal of freedom in working with their clients. b. it offers a well-defined theory of personality. c. many of its concepts have been supported by research. d. it is a common-sense psychology.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.11 - Describe areas in which the Adlerian approach can be applied.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 15. The Adlerian approach is well suited to multicultural counseling because: a. it encourages clients to define themselves within their social context. b. it has few rigid techniques. c. its focus on early recollections allows clients to explore their past. d. its on a lifestyle assessment is appealing to most cultures.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.13 - Identify the strengths and limitations of Adlerian therapy from a diversity perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 16. Adlerian psychology is a __________, holistic, optimistic, and socially embedded theory based on basic assumptions that have woven into various theories of counseling. a. rational Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 59

b. phenomenological c. specific d. constructive ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.12 - Discuss the application of the Adlerian approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 17. All of the following are characteristics that form the basis for an integrative framework in brief therapy, except: a. time limitation. b. focus. c. the assignment of behavioral tasks. d. counselor indirectiveness.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.12 - Discuss the application of the Adlerian approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 18. Clients may believe that it is inappropriate to reveal which of the following to Adlerian therapists? a. Family information b. Personal information c. Societal secrets d. Cultural beliefs ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.13 - Identify the strengths and limitations of Adlerian therapy from a diversity perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 19. Which technique in Adlerian therapy deals with clients’ underlying motives for behaving the way they do in the hereand-now? a. Disclosure b. Interpretation c. Insight d. Transference Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 60

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.9 - Explain how Adlerians view the role of interpretation in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 20. Adlerians consider a good client-therapist relationship based on cooperation, mutual trust and respect, confidence, collaboration, and __________. a. Encouraged self-understanding development. b. Established relationship. c. Alignment of goals. d. Helping the client make good choices.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.6 - Explain how the relationship between therapist and client is viewed from the Adlerian perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 21. Adlerian counseling focuses on the family constellation and the influence of the family on the individual. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.8 - Identify what is involved in a thorough assessment of an individual KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 22. Adlerians maintain that change is not possible without insight, that is, understanding the causes of one’s problems. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 61

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.9 - Explain how Adlerians view the role of interpretation in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. Adler introduced ―The Question‖ as a means of determining which life task a problem or symptom might be helping the person avoid. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.3 - Define the life tasks and explain the implications for therapy practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 24. The typical second child behaves as if in a race and is generally under full steam at all times. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.4 - Describe how Adlerians view birth order and the implications of sibling relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 25. Research supporting the effectiveness of the Adlerian approach is limited. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.14 - Discuss the unique contributions of this approach to the development of other counseling approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 26. Which of the following is not true about the Adlerian concept of ―private logic‖? a. It is a result of the feelings and emotions we experience in our daily lives. b. It provides a central psychological unity for us. c. It is the philosophy upon which we base our lifestyle. d. It often does not conform to the reality of social living.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 62

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.2 - Explain the meaning of social interest and how this is a foundational concept of the Adlerian approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 27. Adlerian therapy and contemporary brief therapy share several characteristics, including: a. Goal alignment b. Focus only on the future orientation c. Emphasis on inactive intervention d. Individual psychology ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.14 - Discuss the unique contributions of this approach to the development of other counseling approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 28. Which of these statements is not true about Alfred Adler? a. Along with Freud and Jung, Alfred Adler was a major contributor to the initial development of the psychodynamic approach to therapy. b. After resigning as president of the Vienna Psychoanalytic Society, Adler founded the Society for Individual Psychology. c. Alfred Adler has been criticized by intellectuals for failing to give his brother Edmund due credit for helping him develop his theory. d. Adler stresses the unity of personality, contending that people can only be understood as integrated and complete beings.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 29. Adler pioneered the practice of teaching professionals through live demonstrations with parents and children before large audiences. This is now called: a. ―open-forum‖ family counseling. b. spectator therapy. c. ―on stage‖ family therapy. d. ―hot seat‖ family counseling.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 63

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 30. One contribution of Adlerian therapy is that: a. practitioners are given a great deal of freedom in working with their clients. b. it offers a well-defined theory of personality. c. many of its concepts have been supported by research. d. it is a common-sense psychology.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.15 - Identify at least one criticism of the Adlerian approach KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 31. Who is primarily credited with popularizing and extending Adler’s work by applying Adlerian principles to group work? a. Don Dinkmeyer b. Erik Erikson c. H. L. Ansbacher d. Rudolph Dreikurs ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.14 - Discuss the unique contributions of this approach to the development of other counseling approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 32. Which of the following did Adler not stress? a. The unity of personality b. Focus on early childhood experiences as determinants of later personality functioning c. Behavior is purposeful and goal-oriented d. A unique style of life that is an expression of life goals ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 64

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 33. Which child is most likely to demand center stage, tends to have difficulties in life when he or she is no longer the center of attention, and is likely to become dependently tied to the mother? a. Oldest child b. Second child c. Middle child d. Only child ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.4 - Describe how Adlerians view birth order and the implications of sibling relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 34. Which child tends to feel squeezed out and may develop a conviction that life is unfair and a feeling of being cheated a. Oldest child b. Second child c. Middle child d. Youngest child ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.4 - Describe how Adlerians view birth order and the implications of sibling relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 35. Which of the following is a life task that Adler taught we must successfully master: a. building culture b. establishing relationships c. contributing to society. d. achieving self-actualization.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.3 - Define the life tasks and explain the implications for therapy practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 36. The client’s core experience in Adlerian therapy consists of: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 65

a. working through the transference relationship. b. discovering their basic mistakes and then learning how to correct them. c. understanding how their relationship with their parents has shaped their personality. d. understanding how their birth order has determined the person who they are today.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.5 - Discuss the role of the family constellation and early recollections in a lifestyle assessment.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 37. Which of the following would an Adlerian therapist particularly value? a. Interpretation of dreams b. Confronting the ways the client is living dependently since early childhood c. Modeling of communication and acting in good faith d. Helping the client to work through the transference neurosis ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.6 - Explain how the relationship between therapist and client is viewed from the Adlerian perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 38. The premise of Adlerian group work is that: a. clients’ problems are usually of a social nature. b. early childhood disturbances are at the root of the client’s current problems. c. individuals are encouraged to become fully independent. d. insight, not action, is needed for change.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.14 - Discuss the unique contributions of this approach to the development of other counseling approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 39. Adlerian therapists strive to establish and maintain: a. an egalitarian therapeutic alliance and a person-to-person relationship with their clients. b. a legalistic therapeutic alliance and a person-to-person relationship with their clients. c. an egalitarian therapeutic alliance without a person-to-person relationship with their clients. d. a legalistic therapeutic alliance without a person-to-person relationship with their clients.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 66

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.6 - Explain how the relationship between therapist and client is viewed from the Adlerian perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 40. The Adlerian approach is well suited to multicultural counseling because the: a. approach encourages clients to define themselves within their social context. b. approach has few rigid techniques. c. focus on early recollections allows clients to explore their past. d. focus on a lifestyle assessment is appealing to most cultures.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.13 - Identify the strengths and limitations of Adlerian therapy from a diversity perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 41. The __________ sets forth the goals of the therapeutic process and specifies the responsibilities of both therapist and client. a. early recollections b. private logic c. therapeutic contract d. therapeutic goal ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.6 - Explain how the relationship between therapist and client is viewed from the Adlerian perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 42. During phase of counseling do clients make decisions and modify their goals: a. Encourage Self-Understanding and Insight b. Adaptive Reorientation and Reeducation c. Assessing the Individual’s Psychological Dynamics d. Establishing the Relationship ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 67

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.10 - Describe what is involved in the reorientation and reeducation process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 43. Which of the following reminders are helpful in Adlerians approach to school counseling: a. Help the client make new choices b. Establishing a relationship c. Encourage self-understanding and insight d. Think about behavior teleologically ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.12 - Discuss the application of the Adlerian approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 44. Individuals may believe that it is inappropriate to reveal: a. family information. b. personal information. c. societal secrets. d. cultural beliefs.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.15 - Identify at least one criticism of the Adlerian approach KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 45. During the reorientation and reeducation phase the most important intervention is: a. change. b. encouragement. c. making a difference. d. the push-button technique.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.15 - Identify at least one criticism of the Adlerian approach KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 46. Alfred Adler believed that genetics and heredity are not as important as what we choose to do with the abilities and limitations we possess. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 68

b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 47. Adlerians have a teleological view of human nature. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 48. Adler and Freud created very different theories, even though both men grew up in the same city in the same era and were educated as physicians at the same university. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 49. Adlerian therapists pay careful focus to techniques and work in structured, set ways. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.7 - Describe the four phases of the Adlerian therapeutic process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 50. Adler maintained that individuals attempt to overcome feelings of basic inferiority by developing a lifestyle in which Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 69

success is possible. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 51. In Adler’s view, we can be fully understood only in light of knowing the purposes and goals toward which we are striving. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 52. Adlerians maintain that change is not possible without insight; understanding the causes of one’s problems is a prerequisite to behavioral change. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.9 - Explain how Adlerians view the role of interpretation in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 53. Adlerian counseling focuses on the family constellation and the influence of the family on the individual. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.12 - Discuss the application of the Adlerian approach to school counseling.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 70

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Remember

54. Encouragement is a part of the Adlerian counseling process. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.12 - Discuss the application of the Adlerian approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 55. Adlerians typically do not use techniques of interpretation, for they believe that clients can make their own interpretations without therapist intervention. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.9 - Explain how Adlerians view the role of interpretation in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 56. From the Adlerian perspective, objective reality is more important than how we interpret reality and the meanings we attach to what we experience. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 57. Adlerians emphasize reeducating people and reshaping society. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 71

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 58. For Adlerian counselors, techniques are helpful when adapted to the needs of the client. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.14 - Discuss the unique contributions of this approach to the development of other counseling approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 59. By discussing a client’s earliest recollections, an Adlerian counselor hopes to bring unconscious conflicts to the surface. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.12 - Discuss the application of the Adlerian approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 60. Adler stressed that our desire to strive for perfection is learned from our parents. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 61. One Adlerian concept is that everything we do is influenced by our style of life. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 72

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 62. Fictional finalism is a term that Adlerians use to describe one’s attitude in dealing with the social world. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 63. Adlerians operate on the assumption that clients will feel and behave better once they discover and correct their basic mistakes. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.5 - Discuss the role of the family constellation and early recollections in a lifestyle assessment.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 64. The concept of lifestyle refers to an individual’s core beliefs and assumptions through which the person organizes their reality and finds meaning in life events. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.1 - Describe these key concepts of the Adlerian approach: goal-directed movement, goal orientation, and the unity of personality and lifestyle.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 65. Adlerians maintain that the priorities one chooses arise from one’s personality strengths. a. True b. False ANSWER: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 73

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.11 - Describe areas in which the Adlerian approach can be applied.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 66. Adlerian views of birth order and family constellation are highly relevant to individuals from all cultural contexts. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.4 - Describe how Adlerians view birth order and the implications of sibling relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 67. Research supporting the effectiveness of the Adlerian approach is limited. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.5 - Discuss the role of the family constellation and early recollections in a lifestyle assessment.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 68. The Adlerian approach has a wide variety of applications, including group and family therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.14 - Discuss the unique contributions of this approach to the development of other counseling approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 69. The Adlerian approach to family counseling focuses on the family atmosphere. a. True b. False ANSWER: True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 74

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.14 - Discuss the unique contributions of this approach to the development of other counseling approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 70. Adlerian therapists use a psychoeducational approach. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.7 - Describe the four phases of the Adlerian therapeutic process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 71. It is easy to overestimate Adler's contributions to contemporary therapeutic practice. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.8 - Identify what is involved in a thorough assessment of an individual KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 72. Adlerian psychology is a phenomenological, holistic, optimistic, and socially embedded theory based on basic assumptions that have been woven into various theories of counseling. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.10 - Describe what is involved in the reorientation and reeducation process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 73. Adlerian therapists realize that clients do not become discouraged and function effectively because of mistaken beliefs, faulty values, and useless or self-absorbed goals. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 75

ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.5 - Discuss the role of the family constellation and early recollections in a lifestyle assessment.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 74. Adlerian therapists strive to establish and maintain an egalitarian therapeutic alliance and a person-to-person relationship with their clients. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Adlerian Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 5.6 - Explain how the relationship between therapist and client is viewed from the Adlerian perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember

1. The central goal of existential psychotherapy is to a. decrease self-awareness. b. increase awareness. c. help clients reject the responsibility of choosing. d. keep the client from experiencing authentic existence.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Existential Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.04 - Identify the therapeutic goals of existential therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. Which is not an essential aim of existential-humanistic therapy? a. To help clients become more present to both themselves and others b. To assist clients in identifying ways they block themselves from fuller presence c. To dispute clients’ irrational beliefs d. To challenge clients to assume responsibility for designing their present lives ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Existential Therapy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 76

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.04 - Identify the therapeutic goals of existential therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. Existential therapy is best considered as a. an approach to understand the subjective world of the client. b. a school of therapy. c. a system of techniques designed to create authentic humans. d. a strategy for uncovering dysfunctional behavior.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.06 - Describe the three phases of existential counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 4. Which of the following was not part of Stan’s work in existential therapy? a. Challenging his feelings of loneliness b. Working on his inauthentic relationship with his siblings c. Confronting his responsibility for his drug and alcohol use d. Exploring Stan’s human potential ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Existential Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.10 - Describe ways in which the existential approach is and is not well suited to multicultural counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 5. Philosophically, the existentialists would agree that: a. the final decisions and choices rest with the therapist. b. people do not redefine themselves by their choices. c. a person cannot go beyond early conditioning. d. making choices can create anxiety.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 77

KEYWORDS:

self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

Bloom’s: Understand

6. In a group based on existential principles, clients learn all of the following except a. that there are no ultimate answers for ultimate concerns. b. to view themselves through others’ eyes. c. to come to terms with the paradoxes of existence. d. that pain is not a reality of the human experience.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.08 - Identify the applications of this approach to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. __________ emphasizes the subjective and spiritual dimensions of human existence. a. Existential analysis b. Existential anxiety c. Self-awareness d. Existential guilt ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Historical Background in Philosophy and Existentialism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.02 - Compare the unique contributions of some prominent existential thinkers and therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. Existential therapy is: a. a deterministic approach to therapy. b. an expansion of the Adlerian school of therapy. c. a phenomenological approach to therapy. d. a structured approach to therapy.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Strengths From a Diversity Perspective QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.09 - Describe ways in which the existential approach is and is not well suited to multicultural counseling.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 78

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Remember

9. When is the counseling process at its best from an existential viewpoint? a. When the client feels comfortable enough to engage in shame-attacking exercises outside of counseling sessions. b. When the deepest self of the therapist meets the deepest part of the client. c. When the therapist uses their influence to convince the client to let go of anxiety. d. When sessions begin with progressive muscle relaxation exercises.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Existential Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.05 - Discuss the unique emphasis placed on the therapeutic relationship.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. Existentialists contend that the experience of relatedness to other human beings: a. is a neurotically dependent attachment. b. should be based on our needs and theirs. c. is healthy when we are able to stand alone and tap into our own strength. d. is not necessary, because we are basically alone.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. According to existentialists, our search for meaning involves all of the following, except: a. discarding old values. b. meaninglessness. c. creating our own value system. d. exploring unfinished business.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Historical Background in Philosophy and Existentialism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.02 - Compare the unique contributions of some prominent existential thinkers and therapists.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 79

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

12. Therapy is viewed as a ___________________in the sense that the interpersonal and existential problems of the client will become apparent in the here and now of the therapy relationship. a. social microcosm b. ―touchy feely‖ encounter c. living laboratory d. tension-filled encounter ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Existential Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.05 - Discuss the unique emphasis placed on the therapeutic relationship.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 13. Which of the following is not an example of how existential therapy is unlike many other therapies? a. It does not have a well-defined set of techniques. b. It stresses the I/Thou encounter in the therapy process. c. It focuses on the use of the specific techniques created for this theory. d. It allows for incorporation of techniques from many other approaches.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Processes in Existential Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.05 - Discuss the unique emphasis placed on the therapeutic relationship.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. Which of the following is not considered a basic dimension of the human condition? a. Capacity for self-awareness b. Striving for acceptance of others c. Establishing meaningful relationships with others d. Freedom and responsibility ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 80

15. The goals of existential therapy include all of the following, except: a. helping clients become more present to both themselves and others. b. assisting clients in identifying ways they block themselves from fuller presence. c. helping clients to eliminate anxiety in their lives. d. encouraging clients to choose more expanded ways of being in their daily lives.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Existential Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.04 - Identify the therapeutic goals of existential therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 16. When working with a client living a restricted existence, an existential therapist would likely a. explore the developmental origins of these feelings. b. develop a specific behavioral plan to help the client get ―un-stuck.‖ c. encourage the client to do a shame-attacking exercise. d. make the client aware of how their current ways of living are keeping them stuck.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Existential Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.04 - Identify the therapeutic goals of existential therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. From a scientific perspective, existential psychotherapy a. is well researched. b. lends itself easily to evaluation due to its clearly defined principles and techniques. c. fits well into the framework of evidence-based practice. d. is difficult to research because every psychotherapy experience is unique.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.11 - Evaluate the contributions and limitations of the existential approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 18. Existential therapy groups are particularly helpful for clients working on: a. self-actualization. b. issues of responsibility.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 81

c. reducing problematic behaviors. d. exploring family dynamics.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.08 - Identify the applications of this approach to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 19. Time-limited existential treatments a. can serve as a catalyst for clients to become actively and fully involved in each therapy session. b. are by definition lacking in depth and richness. c. lack structure and clear goals. d. are well studied and shown to be effective.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.07 - Describe the applications of this approach to brief therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 20. Existential therapy can best be considered as an approach designed to foster: a. social interest. b. authenticity. c. anxiety. d. dependency.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.01 - Identify the major themes that characterize existential philosophy and therapy KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 21. Existential therapy grew out of a reaction to the limitations of both the psychoanalytic and deterministic stance. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 82

REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.01 - Identify the major themes that characterize existential philosophy and therapy KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 22. A major criticism of the existential approach is that it lacks a systematic statement of the principles and practices of psychotherapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.11 - Evaluate the contributions and limitations of the existential approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. Existential therapy is especially appropriate for clients who are struggling with developmental crises. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.06 - Describe the three phases of existential counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 24. The existential approach can be used in a brief therapy context. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.07 - Describe the applications of this approach to brief therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. Existential therapy is especially useful in working with culturally diverse populations because of its focus on individuality. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 83

b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Existential Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.10 - Describe ways in which the existential approach is and is not well suited to multicultural counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. Finding the ―courage to be‖ involves: a. confronting a specific phobia. b. learning to be alone. c. discarding old values. d. developing a will to move forward in spite of anxiety-producing situations.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. The British scholar working to develop training programs in existential therapy is: a. Roll May. b. Irvin Yalom. c. Emmy van Deurzen. d. J. Michael Russell.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Historical Background in Philosophy and Existentialism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.02 - Compare the unique contributions of some prominent existential thinkers and therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 28. The characteristic existential theme includes: a. freedom and responsibility. b. resistance. c. transference. d. examining irrational beliefs.

ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 84

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.01 - Identify the major themes that characterize existential philosophy and therapy KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. According to the existential viewpoint, death: a. makes life absurd. b. makes life meaningless and hopeless. c. gives significance to living. d. should not be explored in therapy.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. In regard to techniques, existential practitioners believe that: a. free association is essential to the growth and healing of the client. b. no set of techniques is considered essential. c. analysis of dysfunctional family patterns is imperative. d. role playing is the most important technique used.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. Existential therapists prefer to be thought of as: a. observer-technicians. b. philosophical companions, not as people who repair psyches. c. teachers and coaches. d. advocates for social change.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 85

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 32. Viktor Frankl’s approach to existential therapy is known as: a. individual psychology. b. logotherapy. c. reality therapy. d. redecision therapy.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Historical Background in Philosophy and Existentialism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.02 - Compare the unique contributions of some prominent existential thinkers and therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 33. Which of the following is true about Rollo May? a. He is most responsible for translating Latin existentialism into American psychotherapeutic theory and practice. b. He focuses on the objective dimension of therapy. c. He is a significant spokesman for the existential approach in the United States. d. He believes that we can only escape anxiety by exercising our freedom.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.02 - Compare the unique contributions of some prominent existential thinkers and therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 34. In regard to freedom and responsibility, existential therapy embraces three values. Which of the following is one of these values? a. The freedom to become within the context of natural and self-imposed limitations b. The capacity to learn from the past c. The capacity to accept limitations d. The freedom to choose our past and the choices of our parents ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 86

KEYWORDS:

self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

Bloom’s: Understand

35. Ursula lived in New York City on 9/11. Ever since experiencing the aftermath of the terrorist attacks, she has felt anxiety about going to the upper level floors of tall buildings. As an existentially oriented therapist, you might conclude that: a. Ursula is highly neurotic. b. Ursula’s fears are completely unfounded. c. Ursula’s anxiety is normal in light of the traumatic experience she had on 9/11. d. Ursula is on the verge of becoming psychotic.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 36. The Danish philosopher who addressed the role of anxiety and uncertainty in life was: a. Medard Boss. b. Jean-Paul Sartre. c. Soren Kierkegaard. d. Martin Buber.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Historical Background in Philosophy and Existentialism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.02 - Compare the unique contributions of some prominent existential thinkers and therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 37. The central theme running through the works of Viktor Frankl is: a. that freedom is a myth. b. the will to meaning. c. self-disclosure as the key to mental health. d. the notion of self-actualization.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Historical Background in Philosophy and Existentialism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.02 - Compare the unique contributions of some prominent existential thinkers and therapists.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 87

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

38. According to Yalom, the concerns that make up the core of existential psychodynamics include all the following, except: a. Awareness of death. b. Emphasis on techniques. c. Freedom and anxiety. d. Creating meaning in life.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Historical Background in Philosophy and Existentialism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.02 - Compare the unique contributions of some prominent existential thinkers and therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. A statement that best illustrates ―bad faith‖ is: a. Naturally I’m this way because I grew up in an alcoholic family. b. I will not consider others in the choices I make. c. I must live by commitments I make. d. I am responsible for the choices that I make.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Historical Background in Philosophy and Existentialism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.02 - Compare the unique contributions of some prominent existential thinkers and therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 40. For Sartre, existential guilt is what we experience when we: a. do not live by the Ten Commandments. b. fail to think about the welfare of others. c. allow others to define us or to make our choices for us. d. reflect on all that we might have done and failed to do.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Historical Background in Philosophy and Existentialism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.02 - Compare the unique contributions of some prominent existential thinkers and therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. The therapist’s presence is: a. a condition of therapeutic change.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 88

b. a goal of therapeutic change. c. both a condition and a goal of therapeutic change. d. neither a condition nor a goal of therapeutic change.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Historical Background in Philosophy and Existentialism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.02 - Compare the unique contributions of some prominent existential thinkers and therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 42. Being alone is a process by which we do which of the following? a. Learn to tolerate feelings of togetherness b. Develop strength and self-reliance. c. Develop a basic understanding of ourselves. d. Reject the social overtures of others.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 43. In the book Staring at the Sun: Overcoming the Terror of Death (2008), ________________develops the idea that confronting death enables us to live in a more compassionate way. a. Martin Buber b. Justin Bieber c. Irvin Yalom d. Stephen King ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concept QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. From a multicultural perspective, some clients may reject this approach because: a. it is founded on abstract, westernized notions that are not widely applicable. b. their life circumstances provide them with truly limited choices. c. death anxiety is not a central issue in all cultures.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 89

d. the use of techniques may be overwhelming for them.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Existential Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.10 - Describe ways in which the existential approach is and is not well suited to multicultural counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 45. The existential approach is particularly well suited to clients who: a. are dealing with grief and loss. b. are victims of oppression. c. have limited intellectual capacities. d. suffer from severe mental illness.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.07 - Describe the applications of this approach to brief therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 46. Rollo May has been instrumental in translating some concepts drawn from existential philosophy and applying them to psychotherapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Historical Background in Philosophy and Existentialism QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.02 - Compare the unique contributions of some prominent existential thinkers and therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 47. Existential therapy can best be considered as a system of highly developed techniques designed to foster authenticity. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.01 - Identify the major themes that characterize existential philosophy and therapy KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 90

48. The outcomes of existential therapy have been submitted to rigorous empirical testing. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.11 - Evaluate the contributions and limitations of the existential approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. A central existential concept is that although we long for freedom, we often try to escape from our freedom by defining ourselves as a fixed or static entity. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.01 - Identify the major themes that characterize existential philosophy and therapy KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. In the existential approach, techniques are primary, while subjective understanding of clients is secondary. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.07 - Describe the applications of this approach to brief therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. Existential therapists strive to be their authentic selves when working with clients. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.07 - Describe the applications of this approach to brief therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 91

52. According to existential thinking, effective therapy does not stop with awareness, for clients are challenged to take action based on their insights. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Existential Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.04 - Identify the therapeutic goals of existential therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. From the existential viewpoint, anxiety is seen as a neurotic manifestation; thus, the aim of therapy is to eliminate anxiety so clients can live comfortably. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 54. Existential anxiety is the unavoidable result of being confronted with the ―givens of existence.‖ a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.01 - Identify the major themes that characterize existential philosophy and therapy KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 55. During the initial phase of counseling, existentially oriented therapists assist clients in identifying and clarifying their assumptions about the world. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.06 - Describe the three phases of existential counseling.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 92

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

56. Existentialists claim that the use of specific techniques is the cornerstone of the approach. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Existential Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.04 - Identify the therapeutic goals of existential therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 57. According to the existential view, death makes life meaningless. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Existential Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.04 - Identify the therapeutic goals of existential therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. Existential approach puts emphasis on the human quality of the therapeutic relationship. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.11 - Evaluate the contributions and limitations of the existential approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. Martin Buber stressed the importance of presence, which allows for the creation of I/Thou relationships in therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Historical Background in Philosophy and Existentialism QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.02 - Compare the unique contributions of some prominent existential thinkers and therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 93

60. Existential guilt is being aware of having evaded a commitment or having chosen not to choose. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. The existential view is not designed to ―cure‖ people of illness in the tradition of the medical model because people are not sick but are ―sick of life or clumsy at living.‖ a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 62. In the existential framework, inaction is a decision. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 63. Existentially, humans both long for and wish to escape from their freedom. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 94

QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 64. Existential therapy is rarely used for group treatment. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.08 - Identify the applications of this approach to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 65. The existential vacuum represents a place of reflection and solace. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 66. Currently, there is wide-ranging international interest in the existential approach to psychotherapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Existential Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.10 - Describe ways in which the existential approach is and is not well suited to multicultural counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 67. The core of the therapeutic relationship is respect. a. True b. False ANSWER: True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 95

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Existential Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.05 - Discuss the unique emphasis placed on the therapeutic relationship.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 68. The meaning of life arises from one’s personal strivings to survive and to maintain and assert one’s being. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 69. Freedom implies that we are responsible for the lives of others around us. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 70. Failure to move through anxiety results in neurotic anxiety. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 6.03 - Examine the key concepts and basic assumptions underlying this approach, including self-awareness, freedom and responsibility, intimacy and isolation, meaning in life, death anxiety, and authenticity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 96

1. The person-centered approach’s view of human nature a. views people as basically competitive. b. states that humans are driven by irrational forces. c. emphasizes clients' abilities to engage their own resources to act in their world with others. d. assumes that, while humans have the potential for growth, we tend to remain stagnant.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.01 - Examine the evolution of person-centered therapy over time.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. Characteristics of a self-actualized person include which of the following? a. Welcomes certainty in their life b. Has a capacity for shallow interpersonal relationships c. Has artificial dichotomies within themselves d. Is spontaneous and creative ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.02 - Describe the main thrust of emotion-focused therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. Which of the following is not a characteristic of the person-centered approach? a. The focus is on the phenomenological world of the client. b. It is supported by evidence from ongoing research. c. The client-centered approach emphasized the role of the therapist as a facilitator of growth and honored the inherent power of the client. d. Emphasis is given to developing a contract for therapy.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.01 - Examine the evolution of person-centered therapy over time.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 4. The ______________________that recently has come into prominence shares many concepts on the healthy side of human existence with the humanistic approach. a. positive psychology movement Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 97

b. object relations approach c. dialectical behavior therapy approach d. applied behavior analysis movement ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.03 - Differentiate the contributions of Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow to humanistic psychology.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 5. What is the most important factor related to progress in person-centered therapy? a. Defining concrete and measurable goals b. The therapist’s technical skills c. The relationship between the client and therapist d. The therapist’s ability to think logically and to scientifically solve problems ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Relationship Between Therapist and Client QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.05 - Describe the ways that empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness are fundamental to the process and outcome of therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. Which statement is true of the person-centered approach? a. Therapists should give advice when clients need it. b. The techniques a therapist uses are less important than his or her attitudes. c. Therapists should function largely as teachers. d. Therapy is primarily the therapist’s responsibility.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Therapist’s Function and Role QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.04 - Explain the role of the therapist’s attitudes in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. Which of the following is not a key concept of the person-centered approach? a. The focus is on experiencing the immediate moment. b. In a climate of safety in the therapeutic session, the client comes to realize that there are more authentic ways of being.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 98

c. The client is primarily responsible for the direction of therapy. d. The focus is on exploration of a client’s past.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Therapist’s Function and Role QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.04 - Explain the role of the therapist’s attitudes in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. In order for a therapist to communicate ―accurate empathic understanding,‖ the counselor must: a. have experienced a situation very similar to the client’s current predicament. b. clarify details and facts relevant to the client’s experiences. c. feel a deep sense of warmth toward the client. d. connect emotionally to the client’s subjective world.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Relationship Between Therapist and Client QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.05 - Describe the ways that empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness are fundamental to the process and outcome of therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. The person-centered therapist generally does not find traditional assessment and diagnosis a. as a useful tool for case conceptualization. b. as a meaningful way of understanding of a client’s psychological state. c. to be useful because these procedures encourage an external and expert perspective on the client. d. as a necessary process that does not impact the course of therapy.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Evolution of Person-Centered Methods QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.06 - Identify the personal characteristics of therapists that are essential for clients’ progress.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. What is a limitation of person-centered therapy? a. The approach does not make use of research to study the process or outcomes of therapy. b. The therapist has more power to manipulate and control the client than is true of most other therapies. c. The approach does not emphasize the role of techniques in creating change in the client’s behavior. d. The client is not given enough responsibility to direct the course of his or her own therapy.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 99

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Contributions of the Person-Centered Approach QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.11 - Explain the contributions and shortcomings of the person-centered approach to understanding and working with clients from diverse cultures.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. One point of disagreement between existential and humanistic thought involves a. a respect for the client’s subjective experience. b. a trust in the capacity of the client to make positive choices. c. an emphasis on freedom. d. the idea of an innate self-actualizing drive.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Contributions of the Person-Centered Approach QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.11 - Explain the contributions and shortcomings of the person-centered approach to understanding and working with clients from diverse cultures.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. Which is the correct order in terms of the historical development of Carl Rogers’s approach to counseling? a. Client-centered to person-centered to nondirective b. Client-centered to nondirective to person-centered c. Nondirective to client-centered to person-centered d. Nondirective to person-centered to client-centered ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Four Periods of Development of the Approach QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.1 - Provide a general framework for theory applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 13. Rogers’s position on confronting the client is that a. confrontation is to be avoided at all costs. b. confrontation causes clients to stop growing. c. confrontation reflects that the therapist has a need to be in control. d. confrontation or resistance must be responded to in a nonconfrontational manner.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 100

REFERENCES: Motivational Interviewing QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.10 - Describe the unique characteristics of person-centered expressive arts and how it is based on person-centered philosophy KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. From a person-centered perspective, the best source of knowledge about the client is the a. individual client. b. therapist. c. client's family. d. therapeutic relationship.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Evolution of Person-Centered Methods QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.06 - Identify the personal characteristics of therapists that are essential for clients’ progress.

15. From Carl Rogers’s perspective, the client/therapist relationship is characterized by a. a sense of equality. b. the transference relationship. c. the therapist functioning as the expert. d. a clearly defined contract that specifies what clients will talk about in the sessions.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Relationship Between Therapist and Client QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.05 - Describe the ways that empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness are fundamental to the process and outcome of therapy.

16. In person-centered group therapy, the leader a. displays a sense of trust in the members. b. uses techniques and exercises to motivate the group. c. focuses on making interpretations. d. sets goals for the group members.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Application to Crisis Intervention QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.07 - Examine the application of the person-centered approach to crisis intervention Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 101

17. Adrianne, who is uncertain about her career goals and is afraid to commit to any career path, is working with a therapist who specializes in using motivational interviewing strategies. What will her therapist look for in order to assess the success of therapy? a. An improvement in Adrianne’s ability to block negative thoughts about her career options b. A reduction in Adrianne’s ambivalence about choosing a career path and an increase in her intrinsic motivation to clarify her direction c. Progress in working through unconscious conflicts related to commitment d. A willingness on Adrianne’s part to examine her family constellation in order to deepen her understanding of her reasons for her lack of direction ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Motivational Interviewing QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.10 - Describe the unique characteristics of person-centered expressive arts and how it is based on person-centered philosophy 18. Which humanistic principles is not related to expressive arts therapy? a. Releasing creative energy is based on the principle of regression. b. The creative process is transformative and healing. c. The expressive arts lead us into the unconscious. d. Our feelings and emotions are a source of energy.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Person-Centered Expressive Arts Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.08 - Discuss the application of the person-centered approach for group counseling.

19. A factor that distinguishes the person-centered approach to group counseling from other approaches is the a. therapist's role as facilitator. b. length of treatment. c. focus on creating a collaborative spirit. d. focus on building genuine relationships among members.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Motivational Interviewing QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.07 - Examine the application of the person-centered approach to crisis intervention 20. Carl Rogers’s original emphasis was on reflection of feelings expressed by the client. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 102

b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Head: Evolution of Person-Centered Methods QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.06 - Identify the personal characteristics of therapists that are essential for clients’ progress.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 21. The person-centered approach is based on a set of specific therapeutic techniques designed to promote behavior change. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.02 - Describe the main thrust of emotion-focused therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 22. Person-centered expressive arts therapy can be used in both group and individual contexts. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Person-Centered Expressive Arts Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.08 - Discuss the application of the person-centered approach for group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. The person-centered approach is not particularly well suited to multi-cultural counseling. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Contributions of the Person-Centered Approach QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.11 - Explain the contributions and shortcomings of the person-centered approach to understanding and working with clients from diverse cultures.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 103

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

24. Emotion-focused therapy emerged as a behavioral approach informed by understanding the role of an emotion in human functioning and psychotherapeutic change. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.02 - Describe the main thrust of emotion-focused therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 25. Person-centered therapy is best described as a: a. completed "school" of counseling. b. fixed set of therapeutic principles. c. systematic set of behavioral techniques. d. philosophy of how the therapy process develops.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.07 - Examine the application of the person-centered approach to crisis intervention KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. Person-centered therapy is a(n): a. action-oriented approach to therapy. b. humanistic approach to therapy. c. existential approach to therapy. d. deterministic approach to therapy.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.04 - Explain the role of the therapist’s attitudes in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. Carlos, an eight-year-old boy, was recently removed from his home because he was being physically and sexually abused by his father. In accordance with Maslow’s framework, which needs took precedence? a. Physical and safety needs b. Belonging and love c. Esteem from self and others Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 104

d. Self-actualization ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.03 - Differentiate the contributions of Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow to humanistic psychology.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 28. Which of the following is considered a necessary and sufficient condition for change in the person-centered framework? a. Conditional positive regard b. Creative expression c. Accurate empathetic understanding d. Conflict ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.03 - Differentiate the contributions of Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow to humanistic psychology.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. The person-centered therapist is best described as a: a. facilitator. b. teacher. c. human engineer. d. friend.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.06 - Identify the personal characteristics of therapists that are essential for clients’ progress.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. Which statement reflects a strength, from a multicultural perspective, for person-centered therapy? a. Person-centered theory was initially designed as a brief intervention for problem drinking. b. Japan, Mexico, and the UK all adapted person-centered therapy to fit their cultures. c. Person-centered theory was developed by Maslow in the late 70s after he created his theory on selfactualization. d. Person-centered theory has had little to no effect on human relations with diverse cultural groups ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 105

REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.11 - Explain the contributions and shortcomings of the person-centered approach to understanding and working with clients from diverse cultures.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. The technique of reflection involves the therapist: a. restating the client’s words verbatim. b. sharing their genuine emotional response with the client. c. mirroring the client’s emotional experience of a particular situation. d. bringing an actual mirror into the session and having a client look at themselves in the mirror.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.06 - Identify the personal characteristics of therapists that are essential for clients’ progress.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 32. A potential limitation of the person-centered approach is: a. their view of assessment and diagnosis. b. that some students-in-training and practitioners may have a tendency to be very supportive of clients without being challenging. c. shortcomings of the studies of the approach. d. the continual evolution of the approach leads to unclear therapeutic principles.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.12 - Identify the contributions and limitations of the person-centered approach KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 33. In applying the person-centered approach to crisis intervention, therapists should do which of the following: a. Communicate a carefree understanding. b. Provide genuine support and warmth. c. Use a less structured approach and provide clients with some direction. d. Deny individuals the opportunity to fully express themselves.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.07 - Examine the application of the person-centered approach to crisis intervention KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 106

34. Which of the following is not true about Carl Rogers? a. He was raised with strict religious standards in his home. b. He developed cognitive therapy. c. At one point in his life, he was preparing to enter the ministry. d. He made a contribution toward achieving world peace.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.01 - Examine the evolution of person-centered therapy over time.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 35. According to Rogerian therapy, an ―internal source of evaluation‖ is defined as: a. internalizing the validation one receives from others. b. looking more to oneself for the answers to the problems of existence. c. going on one’s instincts when judging the behavior of others. d. a neurotic tendency to be self-critical.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.12 - Identify the contributions and limitations of the person-centered approach KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 36. Which personal characteristics of the therapist is most important, according to Rogers? a. Unconditional positive regard b. Acceptance c. Genuineness d. Accurate empathic understanding ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.12 - Identify the contributions and limitations of the person-centered approach KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 37. Which of the following is true about the most recent trends in person-centered therapy? a. It could be referred to as holistic therapy. b. Acceptance and clarification are the main techniques used. c. It emphasizes a decreased involvement of the therapist as a person. d. It restricts the therapist in the therapeutic relationship.

ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 107

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.04 - Explain the role of the therapist’s attitudes in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 38. Carl Rogers drew heavily from existential concepts, especially as they apply to: a. the transference relationship. b. countertransference, or unfinished business of the counselor. c. the client/therapist relationship. d. guilt and anxiety.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.03 - Differentiate the contributions of Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow to humanistic psychology.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. A common theme originating in Rogers’s early writings and continuing to permeate all of his works is: a. the need to find meaning in life through love, work, or suffering. b. the need for a religion to find meaning in life. c. the importance of expressing feelings that stem from childhood issues. d. a basic sense of trust in the client’s ability to move forward in a constructive manner if conditions fostering growth are present.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.03 - Differentiate the contributions of Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow to humanistic psychology.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 40. The __________ is a directional process of striving toward realization, fulfillment, autonomy, and self-determination. a. congruence tendency b. empathic understanding c. actualizing tendency d. actualizing understanding ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 108

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.03 - Differentiate the contributions of Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow to humanistic psychology.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. Which of the following is a true principle of person-centered expressive arts therapy? a. Not all people are creative b. The creative process is transformative and healing c. The creative process is confusing and discouraging d. Expressive arts lead us into the conscious and awareness ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Person-Centered Expressive Arts Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.10 - Describe the unique characteristics of person-centered expressive arts and how it is based on person-centered philosophy KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 42. In the 1960s and 1970s, Rogers did a great deal to spearhead the development of: a. organizational management seminars. b. private colleges aimed at training person-centered therapists. c. student-centered teaching and encounter groups. d. the National Training Laboratories and T-groups.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.03 - Differentiate the contributions of Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow to humanistic psychology.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 43. Concerning research on psychotherapy and Carl Rogers, which of the following is true? a. Rogers stated his concepts as a fact and submitted them to be proved otherwise b. Rogers literally closed the field for psychotherapy research. c. Rogers inspired others to conduct extensive research on counseling process and outcome. d. Rogers did not conduct the research himself.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.03 - Differentiate the contributions of Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow to humanistic psychology.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. Accurate empathic understanding helps clients in which of the following areas?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 109

a. To notice and devalue their experiences. b. To view prior experiences in new ways. c. To process their experience self-actualization. d. To decrease their confidence in making choices and in pursuing a course of action.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.05 - Describe the ways that empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness are fundamental to the process and outcome of therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 45. Carl Rogers’s approach is based on the assumptions that humans are trustworthy and that clients desire to grow. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.03 - Differentiate the contributions of Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow to humanistic psychology.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 46. According to Rogers, personality change occurs only when clients develop insight into the origin of their personality problems. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.03 - Differentiate the contributions of Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow to humanistic psychology.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 47. Free association and dream analysis are a typical part of the person-centered therapist’s procedures. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 110

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.05 - Describe the ways that empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness are fundamental to the process and outcome of therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 48. Carl Rogers is often called the ―father of psychotherapy research.‖ a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.01 - Examine the evolution of person-centered therapy over time.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. Congruence is a basic characteristic of effective therapists. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.04 - Explain the role of the therapist’s attitudes in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. Therapists are encouraged to use positive regard for clients only as a means of shaping their behavior. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.05 - Describe the ways that empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness are fundamental to the process and outcome of therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. The concept of unconditional positive regard implies that therapists develop an accepting and approving attitude toward all actions taken by their clients. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 111

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.05 - Describe the ways that empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness are fundamental to the process and outcome of therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. Therapists who have little respect for their clients can anticipate that their therapeutic work will not be fruitful. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.05 - Describe the ways that empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness are fundamental to the process and outcome of therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. Accurate empathic understanding implies an objective understanding of a client. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.05 - Describe the ways that empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness are fundamental to the process and outcome of therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 54. If the therapeutic core conditions exist over some period of time, constructive personality change will not occur. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.04 - Explain the role of the therapist’s attitudes in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 55. The person-centered approach evolved from a nondirective therapy to an experiential therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 112

QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.01 - Examine the evolution of person-centered therapy over time.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 56. The person-centered model has become stagnant and shows little sign of evolution. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.01 - Examine the evolution of person-centered therapy over time.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 57. When Rogers challenged the basic assumption that ―the counselor knows best,‖ he thought that this radical idea would affect the power dynamics and politics of the counseling profession, but to his surprise, it did not. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.03 - Differentiate the contributions of Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow to humanistic psychology.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. The term presence refers to the counselor’s ability to be fully engaged in the therapeutic relationship with the client. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.05 - Describe the ways that empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness are fundamental to the process and outcome of therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. An assumption of person-centered therapy is that the counselor’s presence is far more powerful than the techniques they uses to facilitate change. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 113

REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.05 - Describe the ways that empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness are fundamental to the process and outcome of therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. Carl Rogers encouraged counselors to use a nonconfrontational manner with their clients. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.06 - Identify the personal characteristics of therapists that are essential for clients’ progress.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. Person-centered therapy groups emphasize the unique role of the group counselor as a leader. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.08 - Discuss the application of the person-centered approach for group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 62. The person-centered approach places emphasis on the necessary and sufficient conditions for change. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.05 - Describe the ways that empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness are fundamental to the process and outcome of therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 63. Natalie Rogers made significant contributions to the person-centered approach. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 114

REFERENCES: Person-Centered Expressive Arts Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.10 - Describe the unique characteristics of person-centered expressive arts and how it is based on person-centered philosophy KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 64. Maslow postulated a hierarchy of needs as a source of motivation, with the most basic needs being physiological needs. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.03 - Differentiate the contributions of Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow to humanistic psychology.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 65. The person-centered model has been widely adapted to include such areas as family therapy, crisis counseling and classroom education. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.09 - Discuss the application of the person-centered approach for school counseling KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 66. Empathy is a deep and subjective understanding of the client. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.05 - Describe the ways that empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness are fundamental to the process and outcome of therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 67. Immediacy is highly valued in the person-centered approach? a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 115

ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.06 - Identify the personal characteristics of therapists that are essential for clients’ progress.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 68. The underlying vision of humanistic philosophy is captured by the metaphor of how an acorn will grow in positive ways, pushed naturally toward its actualization as an oak. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Person-Centered Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.05 - Describe the ways that empathy, unconditional positive regard, and genuineness are fundamental to the process and outcome of therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 69. Maslow believed not enough research was being conducted on anxiety, hostility, and neuroses and too much into joy, creativity, and self-fulfillment. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 7.03 - Differentiate the contributions of Carl Rogers and Abraham Maslow to humanistic psychology.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

1. Field theory asserts that a. the whole is greater than the sum of its parts. b. human beings have an innate capacity to self-regulate. c. the organism must be seen in its environment, or in its context, as part of the constantly changing field. d. phenomenological inquiry is the key to behavior change.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Some Principles of Gestalt Therapy Theory QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 116

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. It is essential that counselors establish a relationship with their clients, so that the clients will a. be less divulging during an assessment. b. be less focused on the here and now. c. feel trusting enough to participate in the learning that can result from Gestalt experiments. d. be more willing to be involved in process-oriented diagnosis.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Preparing Clients for Gestalt Experiments QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.04 - Describe how the trusting relationship is central to the use of experiments in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. A critical difference between early Gestalt therapy and relational Gestalt therapy is the a. emphasis on contact. b. approach to confrontation. c. use of techniques. d. focus on the figure formation process.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: The Role of Confrontation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.13 - List risk management practices that can prevent ethical and legal problems.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 4. In Gestalt theory, the experiment is a. a specific technique of therapy. b. tailored to fit the client’s unique needs and presented in an invitational manner. c. a ready-made exercise used to achieve a behavioral goal. d. a scientific procedure to assess the effectiveness of therapy.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Preparing Clients for Gestalt Experiments QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.04 - Describe how the trusting relationship is central to the use of experiments in the therapy process.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 117

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Remember

5. When a person experiences an internal conflict (namely a conflict between top dog and underdog), which of the following techniques would be most appropriate? a. Making the rounds b. The reversal technique c. The internal dialogue exercise d. The rehearsal exercise ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. Often Greta, who struggles to feel good about herself, comes to sessions with slouched posture. In order to help Greta gain a clearer understanding of the inner meaning of her slouched posture, a Gestalt therapist might a. ask Greta to exaggerate her poor posture, which is likely to intensify her feelings attached to it. b. have Greta undergo hypnosis. c. ask Greta to free associate to the words ―slouched posture.‖ d. refer her to an orthopedic surgeon to rule out scoliosis.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. The paradoxical theory of behavior change suggests a. we change by setting future-oriented goals. b. clients should pay particular attention to becoming the person they wish to be. c. careful attention should devoted to changing behavior in the moment it is happening. d. authentic change occurs more from being who we are than from trying to be who we are not.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: View of Human Nature QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 118

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.02 - Define the philosophy and basic assumptions underlying Gestalt theory and therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 8. The basic goal of Gestalt therapy is a. to attain awareness and contact with the environment. b. to understand why we feel as we do. c. to uncover repressed material. d. to help clients develop better social skills.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: View of Human Nature QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.02 - Define the philosophy and basic assumptions underlying Gestalt theory and therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. According to the Gestalt perspective, if people do not remember their dreams, a. they may be refusing to face what is wrong with their lives. b. that suggests they have no internal conflicts. c. they are sound sleepers. d. they lack creativity.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. A contribution of this therapeutic approach is a. it enables intense experiencing to occur over a long period of time. b. it can be a relatively long therapy. c. it stresses talking about problems, as opposed to doing and experiencing. d. the exciting way in which the past is dealt with in a lively manner by bringing relevant aspects into the present.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Gestalt Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.09 - Describe the practice of Gestalt therapy from a multicultural perspective.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 119

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

11. According to Gestalt theory, people use avoidance in order to a. help assist them in facing unfinished business. b. keep from feeling uncomfortable emotions. c. help them work to change. d. help express feelings openly.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Strengths From a Diversity Perspective QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.08 - Explain the legal and the ethical aspects of confidentiality in couples and family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. Empirical support for Gestalt therapy is a. weak. b. well-developed. c. becoming stronger. d. unavailable.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Gestalt Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.09 - Describe the practice of Gestalt therapy from a multicultural perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 13. Which of the following is not true about Gestalt techniques? a. ―Exercises‖ are ready-made techniques. b. ―Experiments‖ grow out of the interaction between therapist and client. c. Clients need to be prepared for their involvement in Gestalt techniques. d. Experiments are always carried out during the therapy session, rather than outside it.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Preparing Clients for Gestalt Experiments QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.04 - Describe how the trusting relationship is central to the use of experiments in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 120

14. Which of the following is not true about the Gestalt view of the role of confrontation in therapy? a. It is not possible to be both confrontational and gentle with clients. b. It is important to confront clients with the ways they are avoiding being fully alive. c. Confrontation does not have to be aimed at negative traits. d. Confrontation should be a genuine expression of caring.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: The Role of Confrontation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.13 - List risk management practices that can prevent ethical and legal problems.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. Which of the following Gestalt techniques involves asking one person in a group to speak to each of the other group members? a. The rehearsal exercise b. The reversal technique c. Making the rounds d. The exaggeration technique ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 16. Which of the following is not one of Miriam Polster’s three stages in her integration sequence? a. Reunification b. Discovery c. Assimilation d. Accommodation ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Some Principles of Gestalt Therapy Theory QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 121

17. Which of the following is not one of the Gestalt group leader’s roles? a. Designing experiments for group members b. Evoking group catharsis c. Engaging in self-disclosure d. Facilitating contact in the group setting ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application to Group Counseling QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.07 - Describe the application of Gestalt therapy to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 18. __________ are preplanned activities that can be used to elicit emotion, produce action, or achieve a specific goal. a. Cathartic events b. Faulty experiments c. Exercises d. Conflicting opinions ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 19. Contemporary Gestalt therapists view client resistance as a a. way that clients avoid confrontation. b. sign of poor motivation for therapeutic work. c. therapy interfering force that needs to be overcome. d. creative adjustment to a situation and something to be respected.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Preparing Clients for Gestalt Experiments QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.04 - Describe how the trusting relationship is central to the use of experiments in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 20. One of the main contributions of the Gestalt approach is its Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 122

a. behavioral training models. b. emphasis on learning to appreciate and fully experience the present moment. c. attempt to remain focused on the past. d. ability to allow the client to remain oblivious to their behavior.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Some Principles of Gestalt Therapy Theory QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 21. Gestalt theory is best considered as a form of psychoanalytic therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.01 - Discuss the evolution of this approach from the pioneering work of Fritz Perls to contemporary relational approaches.

22. One of the contributions of Gestalt therapy is the vast empirical research that has been done to validate the specific techniques used. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Gestalt Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.09 - Describe the practice of Gestalt therapy from a multicultural perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. The goal of Gestalt therapy is to solve basic problems, to resolve one’s polarities, and to help the individual to adjust to his or her environment. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 123

REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.01 - Discuss the evolution of this approach from the pioneering work of Fritz Perls to contemporary relational approaches.

24. Gestalt therapy focuses on the cognitive aspects of therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Gestalt Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.09 - Describe the practice of Gestalt therapy from a multicultural perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. Gestalt therapy is lively and promotes direct experiencing rather than the abstractness of talking about situations. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.01 - Discuss the evolution of this approach from the pioneering work of Fritz Perls to contemporary relational approaches.

26. Who among the following is not considered a relational Gestalt therapist? a. Fritz Perls b. Laura Perls c. Miriam Polster d. Erving Polster ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.02 - Define the philosophy and basic assumptions underlying Gestalt theory and therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. Gestalt therapy is a form of: a. Freudian psychoanalytic therapy. b. neo-Freudian analytic therapy.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 124

c. behavior therapy. d. existential therapy.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.01 - Discuss the evolution of this approach from the pioneering work of Fritz Perls to contemporary relational approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 28. Prerequisites for good contact involves which of the following: a. Thinking. b. Showmanship. c. Withdrawal. d. Clear awareness.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. Erving Polster believes that storytelling: a. is always a form of resistance. b. can be the heart of the therapeutic process. c. is acceptable only if one’s client is a writer. d. is an indication that one’s client is a pathological liar.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. The Gestalt therapist: a. freely makes interpretations for the client. b. pays attention to the client's nonverbal language. c. is mainly nondirective. d. helps the client understand why they are behaving in self-defeating ways.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 125

REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. A Gestalt technique that is most useful when a person attempts to deny an aspect of their personality (such as tenderness) is: a. making the rounds. b. the reversal exercise. c. the rehearsal exercise. d. the empty chair technique.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 32. Mariah tells her therapist, a Gestaltist, that she dreamt she got married to a pit bull and felt uneasy about telling her parents that she married a dog. When her parents discovered their son-in-law was a pit bull, they disowned her and suddenly became dogs themselves. In response to this dream, Mariah’s therapist: a. may need to contact a psychiatric hospital (and possibly an animal shelter) because it is likely Mariah unconsciously desires to marry a dog. b. should interpret the dream for her client. c. should assist her client in reliving the dream as though it was happening in the now and have her become each part of the dream. d. should encourage her client to forget the dream because it was meaningless.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 33. According to Gestalt theory, which of the following are true about contact: a. contact is not necessary for change and growth to occur. b. one maintains a sense of individuality as a result of good contact. c. withdrawal after a good contact experience indicates neurosis. d. contact is made by only touching.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 126

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 34. In Gestalt therapy, the relationship between client and counselor is seen as: a. the heart of therapy. b. a place for the therapist to work on personal issues. c. not being an I/Thou interaction. d. technique bound.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.07 - Describe the application of Gestalt therapy to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 35. Which of the following is true about Fritz Perls? a. He was not the main originator and developer of Gestalt therapy. b. During his childhood, he was a model student. c. He was influenced by psychoanalytic concepts. d. He idolized Freud’s theory on a number of grounds.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.01 - Discuss the evolution of this approach from the pioneering work of Fritz Perls to contemporary relational approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 36. The five different kinds of contact boundary disturbances include which of the following: a. interreflection. b. protection. c. introjection. d. introflection.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 127

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 37. Which of the following aspects of a client’s use of language would a Gestalt therapist focus on? a. ―It‖ talk b. Antidotes c. Answers d. Semantics ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Gestalt Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.09 - Describe the practice of Gestalt therapy from a multicultural perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 38. The empty-chair technique: a. assists clients in deciding what chair they like. b. is a vehicle for the technique of role reversal. c. allows clients to internalize a role and not share. d. does not help resolve unfinished business.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. A teenage girl is angry with her parents and cuts on her arm. In Gestalt terms, she is most likely engaging in: a. introjection. b. projection. c. retroflection. d. confluence.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.04 - Describe how the trusting relationship is central to the use of experiments in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 40. Because of his need to be liked, Jose makes careful efforts to get along with everyone and minimize interpersonal Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 128

conflicts. Which boundary disturbance is Jose exhibiting? a. Introjection b. Projection c. Retroflection d. Confluence ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.04 - Describe how the trusting relationship is central to the use of experiments in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. __________ involves blurring the differentiation between the self and the environment. a. Confluence b. Deflection c. Retroflection d. Projection ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 42. A client recognizes that they have a choice. This describes which stage of Miriam Polster’s three-stage integration sequence? a. Discovery b. Accommodation c. Assimilation d. Retroflection ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 43. __________ grow out of the interaction between client and therapist and emerge within this dialogic process. a. Exercises b. Figure-formations Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 129

c. Fantasies d. Experiments ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.05 - Discuss the role of confrontation in contemporary relational Gestalt therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. Which technique brings an anticipated event into the present moment to act out? a. Empty-chair b. Future projection c. Internal dialogue d. Making the rounds ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.04 - Describe how the trusting relationship is central to the use of experiments in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 45. A client learns how to influence their environment. This describes which stage of Miriam Polster’s three-stage integration sequence? a. Discovery b. Accommodation c. Assimilation d. Retroflection ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 46. The Gestalt therapist typically uses diagnosis and interpretation as a basic part of the therapeutic process. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 130

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 47. In the Gestaltist view, unfinished business is best explored in the present. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 48. A Gestalt therapist pays attention to way the client uses language. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. Therapy is based upon the successful resolution of the transference relationship. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. Both contact and withdrawal are necessary and important to healthy functioning. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 131

ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. Gestalt therapy makes use of a wide variety of techniques that are designed to increase the client’s awareness of their present experiencing. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.04 - Describe how the trusting relationship is central to the use of experiments in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. According to Perls, awareness by itself is not sufficient to lead to change; clients must also put their experiences into some type of cognitive framework if change is to happen. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.01 - Discuss the evolution of this approach from the pioneering work of Fritz Perls to contemporary relational approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. The Gestalt approach to dream work consists of the therapist interpreting the meaning of symbols in the dream. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 132

54. Since Gestalt therapists believe that questions have a tendency to keep the questioner hidden, safe, and unknown, they often ask clients to change their questions into statements. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 55. Gestalt therapy is designed for individual counseling, and it typically does not work well in groups. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.07 - Describe the application of Gestalt therapy to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 56. Gestaltists typically ask why questions in the attempt to get clients to think about the source of their problems. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.05 - Discuss the role of confrontation in contemporary relational Gestalt therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 57. Gestalt techniques can be considered experiments. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 133

KEYWORDS:

exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

Bloom’s: Understand

58. Part of success in using Gestalt techniques is contingent upon preparing clients for these techniques. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. Most Gestalt techniques are designed to intensify one’s experiencing. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. Gestalt therapies view a client’s avoidance behavior as related to unfinished business. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. Blocked energy is a form of defensive behavior. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 134

REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.06 - Explain these standard Gestalt therapy interventions: internal dialogue exercise, empty-chair technique, future projection, making the rounds, reversal exercise, rehearsal exercise, exaggeration exercise, staying with the feeling, and the Gestalt.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 62. Retroflection involves doing to others what we would like them to do to us. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 63. In Gestalt therapy, a client’s resistance is welcomed and used to deepen their therapeutic work. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 64. People who rely on retroflection tend to inhibit themselves from taking action out of fear of embarrassment, guilt, and resentment. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.03 - Identify these key concepts of the approach: holism, field theory, the figure-formation process, and organismic self-regulation.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 65. A current trend in Gestalt therapy is toward greater emphasis on the client/therapist relationship rather than on techniques.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 135

a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.02 - Define the philosophy and basic assumptions underlying Gestalt theory and therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 66. Since Gestalt therapy focuses on the here-and-now, the past is neither explored nor given emphasis. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.05 - Discuss the role of confrontation in contemporary relational Gestalt therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 67. In Gestalt terms, awareness refers to our connectedness to our external and internal worlds. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.01 - Discuss the evolution of this approach from the pioneering work of Fritz Perls to contemporary relational approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 68. Genuine knowledge is the product of what the person understands of the situation of another. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.02 - Define the philosophy and basic assumptions underlying Gestalt theory and therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 69. Although Perls used a highly confrontational approach in dealing with client avoidance and resistance, the confrontational model is not representative of contemporary Gestalt therapy.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 136

a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.02 - Define the philosophy and basic assumptions underlying Gestalt theory and therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 70. Gestalt group therapists use experiments to encourage clients to move from talking about action to taking action. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 8.04 - Describe how the trusting relationship is central to the use of experiments in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

1. Behavioral practitioners stress the value of establishing a collaborative working relationship with clients along with which of the following attributes for behavioral change to occur? a. Determination, negotiation, and authoritativeness b. Awareness, authoritativeness, and subjectivity c. Judgment, confrontation, and authenticity d. Empathy, authenticity, and acceptance ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Relationship Between Therapist and Client QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.05 - Describe the role of the client–therapist relationship in the behavioral approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. Behavior therapy is characterized by all of the following, except: a. a focus on overt specific behavior. b. a formulation of precise treatment goals. c. the subjective diagnosis of the therapist. d. the design of an appropriate treatment plan.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 137

REFERENCES: Basic Characteristics and Assumptions QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.03 - Differentiate between boundary crossings and boundary violations.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. Behavior therapy is based on: a. an experimental analysis of behavior in the client’s own social environment. b. a systematic set of concepts. c. a well-developed theory of personality. d. the principle of self-actualization.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Strengths From a Diversity Perspective QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.12 - Recognize the ethical and legal aspects of sexual relationships with current clients.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 4. Michael believes that he will be able to improve his public speaking skills after completing a speech course at school.

Based on social-cognitive theory, one might observe that Michael is not lacking in: a. arrogance and grandiosity. b. intelligence. c. self-efficacy. d. cognitive functioning.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Four Areas of Development QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.02 - State the ethical guidelines regarding multiple relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 5. The general goals of behavior therapy are: a. to foster self-actualization. b. to expand self-understanding and insight. c. to assist clients in making value judgments concerning their behavior. d. to create new conditions for learning.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Therapist’s Function and Role QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 138

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.04 - Explain how the function and role of the therapist affects the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. Which is not true of the relationship between therapist and client in behavior therapy? a. The therapist is solely responsible for setting treatment goals. b. The relationship is considered collaborative. c. Therapist and client work together in a warm and flexible manner. d. The therapeutic relationship is an important factor in treatment outcomes.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Relationship Between Therapist and Client QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.05 - Describe the role of the client–therapist relationship in the behavioral approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. All of the following are true about social skills training, except: a. it is a psychoeducational approach to interpersonal growth. b. it involves modeling and direct instruction and coaching. c. it uses role playing exercises to simulate social situations. d. it requires clients to engage in catharsis.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Social Skills Training QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.8 - Describe the basic elements of social skills training.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. Which anxiety reduction technique involves creating a hierarchy of the client’s fearful experiences? a. Assertive training b. Operant conditioning c. Systematic desensitization d. Social reinforcement ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.06 - Identify the diverse array of behavioral techniques and procedures and how they fit within the evidence-based practice movement.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 139

9. Behavior therapists look to current environmental events that maintain problem behaviors and help clients produce behavior change by changing environmental events through a process called: a. functional assessment. b. motivational interviewing. c. mindfulness-based stress reduction. d. reorientation.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Basic Characteristics and Assumptions QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.03 - Differentiate between boundary crossings and boundary violations.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 10. Which of the following is not true about how behavior therapists function in the therapeutic setting? a. They use techniques such as summarizing, reflection, clarification, and open-ended questioning. b. They focus on using a variety of techniques in narrowly treating specific behavioral problems. c. They complete a formal assessment prior to treatment to determine behaviors that are targets for change. d. They serve as a model for the client and do not require behavioral change in the client.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Strengths From a Diversity Perspective QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.12 - Recognize the ethical and legal aspects of sexual relationships with current clients.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. Phil has been in behavior therapy to address his fear of heights. The treatment will not be considered complete until Phil: a. transfers what he learns in therapy to his everyday life and takes actual steps to confront his fear. b. agrees to take up sky diving as a hobby. c. has absolutely no fear of heights, which may be measured by his willingness to move to one of the top floors of a skyscraper. d. acknowledges his fear.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Therapist’s Function and Role QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.04 - Explain how the function and role of the therapist affects the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. What is not a part of the steps in a self-directed change program?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 140

a. Exploration of one’s family constellation b. Selecting goals c. Self-monitoring d. A self-reinforcement system ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Self-Management Programs and Self-Directed Behavior QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.09 - Explain the pros and cons of bartering for professional services.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 13. Which of the following is true about ―technical eclecticism‖ in multimodal therapy? a. Therapists borrow techniques exclusively from the social learning model. b. Therapists use techniques from a variety of theories to a wide range of problems. c. The client is fit into a predetermined treatment. d. It is considered confusing to the client.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Self-Management Programs and Self-Directed Behavior QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.09 - Explain the pros and cons of bartering for professional services.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. Multimodal therapy is a therapeutic approach that is grounded on: a. cognitive behavior therapy. b. social cognitive learning theory. c. applied behavior analysis. d. operant conditioning.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Four Areas of Development QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.02 - State the ethical guidelines regarding multiple relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 15. Which of the following is a shortcoming of behavior therapy? a. It overemphasizes on feeling and the neglect of cognition. b. It overemphasizes on insight. c. It may change behaviors, but it does not change feelings.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 141

d. It has a need for long-term treatment to effect change.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Summary and evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.13 - Discuss the evaluation of contemporary behavior therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 16. In light of the third generation of behavior therapy, mindfulness is defined as: a. the awareness that emerges through having attention on purpose, in the present moment, and nonjudgmentally, to the unfolding or experience moment by moment. b. the assessment process in multimodal therapy. c. under the idea that change can be brought about by teaching people to use coping skills in problematic situations. d. not beneficial for clients with behavioral problems.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Mindfulness and Acceptance-Based Approaches QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.10 - Formulate guidelines on giving and accepting gifts in helping relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. __________ is a three-pronged methodology to process past memories, current situations, and the skills that provide positive memory templates to guide future behavior. a. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing b. In vivo exposure c. Dialectical behavior therapy d. Systematic desensitization ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.07 - Explain the ethical aspects of combining professional and personal relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 18. What is a distinguishing characteristic of behavioral practitioners involved in the group setting? a. Formulation of the treatment goals b. Adherence to specification and measurement c. Assuming a judgmental role for resolution of client problems d. Subjective evaluation of the outcomes of therapy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 142

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application to Group Counseling QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.11 - Articulate guidelines for dealing with sexual attractions in therapeutic relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 19. Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy (MBCT) integrates techniques from: a. multimodal therapy and mindfulness. b. mindfulness-based stress reduction and cognitive behavior therapy. c. motivational interviewing and mindfulness. d. yoga, systematic desensitization, and mindfulness.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Mindfulness and Acceptance-Based Approaches QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.10 - Formulate guidelines on giving and accepting gifts in helping relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 20. In vivo flooding consists of: a. brief and graduated series of exposures to feared events. b. exposure to actual anxiety-evoking events rather than simply imagining these situations. c. imagined exposure to fearful experiences paired with muscle relaxation. d. guided use of mindfulness techniques.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.06 - Identify the diverse array of behavioral techniques and procedures and how they fit within the evidence-based practice movement.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 21. A criticism of behavior therapy is that it treats symptoms rather than causes problems. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 143

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.13 - Discuss the evaluation of contemporary behavior therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 22. Modeling methods have been used in treating people with anger management issues and in teaching new behaviors to children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Social Skills Training QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.08 - Describe the basic elements of social skills training.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. The behavior therapy movement differed from other therapeutic approaches in the belief that life can be shaped by ourselves rather than by our childhood experiences. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.01 - Identify the key figures associated with the development of behavior therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 24. Acceptance and commitment therapy is an example of the social learning approach. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Self-Management Programs and Self-Directed Behavior QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.09 - Explain the pros and cons of bartering for professional services.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 25. Behavior therapy practitioners focus on directly observable behavior, current determinants of behavior, learning experiences that promote change, tailoring treatment strategies to individual clients, and rigorous assessment and evaluation. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 144

ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Historical Background QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.01 - Identify the key figures associated with the development of behavior therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. Behavior therapy assumes that: a. behavior is the result of unconscious forces. b. behavior is the result of free choices. c. behavior is determined by psychic energy. d. behavior is learned.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.04 - Explain how the function and role of the therapist affects the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. All of the following are functions of the behavior therapist, except: a. to provide modeling for the client. b. to provide a direct and therapist run therapeutic environment. c. to assess specific behavior problems. d. to provide reinforcement for clients.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 238 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 28. Which intervention is associated with the third wave of behavior therapy? a. Cognitive behavior therapy as a major force b. Relaxation training c. Application of behavioral techniques d. Mindfulness based cognitive therapy ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.01 - Identify the key figures associated with the development of behavior therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 145

29. Which of the following is true regarding behavior therapy? a. The client must be an inactive participant. b. The client is merely passive while the therapist uses techniques. c. If clients are involved or motivated, the chances are slim that therapy will be unsuccessful. d. Both therapist and client need to work together for common goals.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.04 - Explain how the function and role of the therapist affects the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. In the ABC model, the A stands for: a. arbitrary behaviors. b. antecedents. c. actions. d. assessment.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 238 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 31. Which statement is not true? a. Because cognitive factors have a place in the practice of behavior therapy, techniques from this approach can be used to attain humanistic ends. b. Contemporary behavior therapy is grounded on a scientific view of human behavior. c. Behavioral methods can be applied to a diverse client population. d. Contemporary behavior therapy is increasingly concerned with therapists’ behavioral control.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 262 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 32. Which of the following is a basic characteristic of behavior therapy? a. Treatment goals are unclear. b. It is grounded in evidence-based theory. c. Many specific techniques are supported by research. d. The therapist is manipulative and controlling.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 146

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.03 - Differentiate between boundary crossings and boundary violations.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 33. Who has done most of the work in the area of modeling? a. Joseph Wolpe b. Hans Eysenck c. E. Jacobson d. Albert Bandura ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 232 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 34. B. F. Skinner is associated with which trend in the behavioral approach? a. Classical conditioning b. Operant conditioning c. Multimodal therapy d. Dialectical behavior therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 232 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 35. In terms of ethical accountability, behavior therapy: a. does not address this issue. b. is ethically neutral in that it does not dictate whose behavior or what behavior should be changed. c. offers a greater chance of abusing interventions than do other approaches. d. makes use of techniques that have questionable validity.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 264 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 36. Which behavior therapists is credited with developing the social cognitive learning model, doing much work on observational learning and modeling, and writing about self-efficacy? a. Bandura b. Linehan c. Wolpe d. Jacobson ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 147

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.01 - Identify the key figures associated with the development of behavior therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 37. Which of the following distinguishes the cognitive trend in behavior therapy from the trends of classical and operant conditioning? a. A focus on experimental analysis b. A focus on evaluating therapeutic procedures c. Developing procedures that give control to clients and thus increase their range of freedom d. Integrating mindfulness approaches as a basic part of any treatment procedure ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.02 - State the ethical guidelines regarding multiple relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 38. During the 1980s, behavior therapy: a. continued without growing. b. was characterized by a search for new horizons in concepts and methods that went beyond traditional learning theory. c. adopted a stronger medical perspective. d. realized that applying behavior therapy principles to prevention of disease and illness would not be beneficial.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.01 - Identify the key figures associated with the development of behavior therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. Wolpe’s systematic desensitization is based on the principles of: a. classical conditioning. b. operant conditioning. c. modeling. d. motivational interviewing.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.02 - State the ethical guidelines regarding multiple relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 40. The situation in which behaviors are influenced mainly by the consequences that follow them is: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 148

a. classical conditioning. b. operant conditioning. c. modeling. d. flooding.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.02 - State the ethical guidelines regarding multiple relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. __________ involves the escape from or the avoidance of unpleasant stimuli. a. Negative reinforcement b. Positive reinforcement c. Punishment d. Systematic desensitization ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 241 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 42. In dialectical behavior therapy, skills are taught in four modules. Which among the following is not one of the modules listed in the text? a. Mindfulness b. Interpersonal effectiveness c. Emotional regulation d. Relapse prevention ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 252 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 43. __________ is a key pioneer of clinical behavior therapy because of his broadening of its conceptual bases and development of multimodal therapy. a. Albert Bandura b. Joseph Wolpe c. B. F. Skinner d. Arnold Lazarus ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 250 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 149

HAS VARIABLES: False 44. Which of the following is a characteristic of the behavioral approaches: a. Behavior therapy relies on the principles and procedures of the evidence-based method. b. Behavior therapy specifies treatment goals in concrete and objective terms. c. Behavior therapy focuses on the client's past problems and the factors influencing them. d. Behavior therapy employs the same procedures to every client with a particular dysfunctional behavior.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.03 - Differentiate between boundary crossings and boundary violations.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 45. All of the following are steps in the use of systematic desensitization, except: a. hypnosis. b. relaxation training. c. the development of an anxiety hierarchy. d. psychoeducation.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 243 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 46. Techniques used in mindfulness-based stress reduction therapy include all but: a. yoga. b. flooding. c. body scan meditation. d. formal and informal meditation.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 253 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 47. Albert Bandura is credited with originally developing the progressive relaxation procedure. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.02 - State the ethical guidelines regarding multiple relationships.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 150

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Understand

48. Systematic desensitization typically includes the use of relaxation procedures. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 243 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 49. Modeling is a form of systematic desensitization. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 243 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 50. The third generation (or ―third wave‖) of behavior therapy emphasizes considerations that were considered off-limits for behavior therapists until recently. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 250 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 51. A trend in contemporary behavior therapy is the increased emphasis on the role of thinking in behavior. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.03 - Differentiate between boundary crossings and boundary violations.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. In regard to third-generation behavior therapies, one of the core themes is creating a life worth living. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 151

REFERENCES: page 251 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 53. A behavior therapist makes use of the technique of open-ended questioning for the purpose of obtaining important information related to the client’s problem. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 238 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 54. Albert Bandura is directly responsible for promoting the ―third wave‖ of behavior therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 250 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 55. Mindfulness involves judgment and careful evaluation of one’s thoughts. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 250 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 56. Third-generation behavior therapies center around five interrelated core themes. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 250 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 57. Behavior therapy has been shown to be effective in the treatment of chronic pain. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 152

REFERENCES: page 256 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 58. There is no place for the role of thinking process and attitudes in contemporary behavior therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.02 - State the ethical guidelines regarding multiple relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. Behavior therapy has undergone important changes and has expanded considerably. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.02 - State the ethical guidelines regarding multiple relationships.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. Dialectical behavior therapy integrates behavioral techniques with psychoanalytic concepts and mindfulness training of Eastern psychological and spiritual practices. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.13 - Discuss the evaluation of contemporary behavior therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. Behavior therapists believe that insight is not a necessary condition for behavior change to occur. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 153

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.04 - Explain how the function and role of the therapist affects the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 62. In mindfulness practice, clients train themselves to intentionally focus on their ―past experience with acceptance.‖ a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 251 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 9.04 - Explain how the function and role of the therapist affects the therapy process.

63. Through mindfulness exercises, veterans may be better able to observe repetitive negative thinking and prevent extensive engagement with maladaptive ruminative processes. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 251 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 64. Evidence-based therapies are a hallmark of both behavior therapy and cognitive behavior therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 65. Dialectical behavior therapy requires both individual and group treatment. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 252 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 66. Mindfulness shows promise across a broad range of clinical problems, including the treatment of depression, anxiety disorders, relationship problems, substance abuse, and psychophysiological disorders. a. True b. False ANSWER: True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 154

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: pages 251, 252 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 67. There is little empirical support for acceptance and commitment therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 255 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 68. Acceptance is one of the third-generation behavior therapies’ five interrelated core themes. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 250 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 69. In acceptance and commitment therapy, values are a basic part; however, the work does not depend on what an individual wants and values. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 256 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 70. Progressive muscle relaxation has become increasingly popular as a method of teaching people to cope with stresses produced by daily living. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 242 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 71. Many therapeutic approaches are incorporating mindfulness and meditation, along with the other contemplative practices, in the counseling process. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 155

ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 251 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False

1. The use of constructive questions, the importance of identifying client imagery and metaphors for change, and an emphasis on client strengths are innovations that formed the foundation of which therapeutic approach? a. Existential b. Client-centered c. Psychoanalytic d. Strengths-based cognitive behavioral ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.05 - Explain the unique contributions of Aaron Beck to the development of cognitive therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. The cognitive behavioral approach to therapy stresses: a. support, understanding, warmth, and empathy. b. awareness, unfinished business, impasse, and experiencing. c. thinking, assessing, deciding, analyzing, and doing. d. subjectivity, existential anxiety, self-actualization, and being.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.01 - Identify common attributes shared by all cognitive behavior approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. The four-step model of strengths-based CBT to build resilience include all of the following, except: a. search. b. construct. c. apply. d. discover.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Christine Padesky and Kathleen Mooney’s Strengths-Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 156

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.08 - Describe the basic principles of strengths-based CBT. KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 4. Which of the following statements does not reflect one of Ellis’s three basic musts? a. ―I must do well and be loved and approved by others.‖ b. ―Other people must treat me fairly, kindly, and well.‖ c. ―I must be kind to others or else I won’t be a good person.‖ d. ―The world and my living conditions must be comfortable, gratifying, and just, providing me with all that I want in life.‖ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.02 - Describe how the ABC model is a way of understanding the interaction among feelings, thoughts, and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 5. The main idea of __________ is that active incorporation of client strengths encourages clients to engage more fully in therapy and often provides avenues for change that otherwise would be missed. a. cognitive therapy b. strengths-based CBT c. Gestalt therapy d. existential therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Christine Padesky and Kathleen Mooney’s Strengths-Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.08 - Describe the basic principles of strengths-based CBT. KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. The main function of the rational emotive behavior therapist is to: a. become an ―existential partner‖ with the client. b. create a climate of safety and freedom from threat. c. reveal irrational disputes, and help clients change their thinking and philosophy of life. d. encourage the client to experience fully the here-and-now.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 157

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.02 - Describe how the ABC model is a way of understanding the interaction among feelings, thoughts, and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. Who embraces a cognitive narrative perspective on CBT? a. Albert Ellis b. Donald Meichenbaum c. A. T. Beck d. Judith Beck ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Christine Padesky and Kathleen Mooney’s Strengths-Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.08 - Describe the basic principles of strengths-based CBT. KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 8. A feature of REBT that distinguishes it from other cognitive-behavioral therapies is its: a. use of the A-B-C theory in analyzing the client. b. use of behavioral techniques. c. applicability to group work. d. process to identify and dispute irrational beliefs that have been acquired and self-constructed and are now maintained by self-indoctrination.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.02 - Describe how the ABC model is a way of understanding the interaction among feelings, thoughts, and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. Beck’s cognitive therapy involves which of the concepts? a. Negative cognitive triad. b. Role playing. c. Shame-attacking exercises. d. Lifestyle assessment.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 158

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.05 - Explain the unique contributions of Aaron Beck to the development of cognitive therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 10. In the strengths-based CBT four-step model to build resilience, a key to the fourth stage of therapy is that the client: a. sets a goal to ―be resilient in the face of challenges.‖ b. avoids exploring possible high-risk stressful situations. c. learns that a lapse in willpower will have catastrophic results. d. will undergo hypnosis.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Christine Padesky and Kathleen Mooney’s Strengths-Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.08 - Describe the basic principles of strengths-based CBT. KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. Which of the following is not one of the three phases of Meichenbaum’s stress inoculation program? a. The application and follow-through phase b. The conceptual-educational phase c. The skills acquisition and consolidation phase d. The therapeutic role modeling phase ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Christine Padesky and Kathleen Mooney’s Strengths-Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.08 - Describe the basic principles of strengths-based CBT. KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 12. Which REBT technique helps a client become increasingly proficient at minimizing irrational thinking and disturbances in feeling and behaving? a. Biofeedback b. Homework c. Dream analysis d. Skill training ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.03 - Explain how cognitive methods can be applied to change thinking and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 159

13. The REBT technique that involves having clients vividly imagine one of the worst things that might happen to them and to describe their disturbing feelings is called: a. cognitive homework. b. disputing irrational beliefs. c. role playing. d. rational-emotive imagery.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.03 - Explain how cognitive methods can be applied to change thinking and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 14. Which of the following is true about role playing in REBT? a. It is a way of surfacing unfinished business. b. It involves unemotional components. c. It involves behavioral components. d. It helps reveal rational beliefs.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.03 - Explain how cognitive methods can be applied to change thinking and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. Which statement is true of self-instructional training? a. It was developed by Meichenbaum. b. It is a form of cognitive restructuring. c. It is an outgrowth of an approach used widely by crisis intervention workers called self-induced change therapy. d. It is also known as cognitive behavior modification.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Christine Padesky and Kathleen Mooney’s Strengths-Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.08 - Describe the basic principles of strengths-based CBT. KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 16. Which of the following is part of the five-step treatment procedure used in a coping skills program?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 160

a. Exposing clients to anxiety-provoking situations by means of role playing and imagery b. Evaluating the anxiety level of the client by using both physiological and psychological tests c. Teaching clients to learn a new skill d. Teaching clients to use internal dialogue to self-reflect ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Donald Meichenbaum’s Cognitive Behavior Modification QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.09 - Describe Meichenbaum’s three- phase process of behavior change.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. In Meichenbaum’s cognitive behavior modification, what is given primary focus when creating a therapeutic alliance with clients: a. Using emotive techniques b. Conceptual-educational phase c. Skills acquisition and consolidation phase d. Application and follow-through phase ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Donald Meichenbaum’s Cognitive Behavior Modification QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.10 - Describe the key concepts and phases of Meichenbaum’s stress inoculation training.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 18. One strength of cognitive behavioral therapy group counseling is that: a. clients learn to minimize symptoms through a profound change in philosophy. b. clients can remain relatively emotionally disengaged. c. leaders take a nondirective stance. d. leaders believe that insight is necessary for behavior change.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.03 - Explain how cognitive methods can be applied to change thinking and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 19. In cognitive therapy, techniques are designed to: a. assist clients in substituting rational beliefs for irrational beliefs. b. help clients experience their feelings more intensely. c. assist individuals to dispel self-defeating cognitions and to teach people how to acquire a rational approach to Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 161

living. d. enable clients to deal with their existential loneliness.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.03 - Explain how cognitive methods can be applied to change thinking and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 20. The process of holding extreme beliefs on the basis of a single incident and applying them inappropriately to dissimilar events or settings is known as: a. labeling b. overgeneralization. c. arbitrary inferences. d. selective abstraction.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.04 - Discuss how REBT can be applied to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 21. A contribution of all of the cognitive behavioral approaches is the emphasis on putting newly acquired insights into action. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.12 - Differentiate REBT from CT with respect to how faulty beliefs are explored in therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 22. There is not a very good fit between cognitive behavior therapy and multicultural therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 162

REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.11 - Identify the strengths and limitations of cognitive behavior therapy from a multicultural perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 23. A potential limitation of REBT is denying the importance of the client’s past. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.11 - Identify the strengths and limitations of cognitive behavior therapy from a multicultural perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 24. All cognitive behavioral approaches share the same basic characteristics and assumptions as traditional behavior therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.01 - Identify common attributes shared by all cognitive behavior approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. In family therapy contexts, cognitive behavior therapists are particularly interested in family schema. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.05 - Explain the unique contributions of Aaron Beck to the development of cognitive therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. The founder of rational emotive behavior therapy is: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 163

a. William Glasser. b. Frederick Perls. c. Albert Ellis. d. Joseph Wolpe.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.01 - Identify common attributes shared by all cognitive behavior approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. The correct components of the A-B-C theory of personality are: a. antecedent, behavior, consequences. b. activating events, behaviors, cognitions. c. antecedent, belief, cognitions. d. activating event, belief, consequence.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.02 - Describe how the ABC model is a way of understanding the interaction among feelings, thoughts, and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 28. According to REBT, what is the core of most emotional disturbance? a. Blame b. Resentment c. Rage d. Unfinished business ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.01 - Identify common attributes shared by all cognitive behavior approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. The four steps of the strengths-based CBT application to build resilience and other positive qualities include which of the following? a. Define b. Proactive c. Search d. Describe ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 164

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Christine Padesky and Kathleen Mooney’s Strengths-Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.08 - Describe the basic principles of strengths-based CBT. KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 30. The main therapeutic goal of REBT is to: a. minimize clients’ emotional disturbances and self-defeating behaviors. b. make the unconscious conscious. c. assist the client in becoming aware of their ―being-in-the-world.‖ d. challenge the client in making both a value judgment and moral decision about the quality of their behavior.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.02 - Describe how the ABC model is a way of understanding the interaction among feelings, thoughts, and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. In strengths-based CBT, __________ identified in early therapy sessions can provide a wealth of information to help therapist and client collaboratively integrate strengths into case conceptualization and treatment. a. positive interests and weaknesses b. obstacles and positive interests c. negative interests and strengths d. positive interests and strengths ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Christine Padesky and Kathleen Mooney’s Strengths-Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.08 - Describe the basic principles of strengths-based CBT. KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 32. The role of the client in rational emotive behavior therapy is like that of a: a. co-therapist. b. passive observer. c. student or learner. d. partner.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.02 - Describe how the ABC model is a way of understanding the interaction among Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 165

KEYWORDS:

feelings, thoughts, and behavior.

Bloom’s: Understand

33. According to Ellis, emotional disturbances often result from: a. taking oneself too seriously. b. living by the values our parents gave us. c. refusing to deal with unfinished business. d. having learned maladaptive behaviors.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.03 - Explain how cognitive methods can be applied to change thinking and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 34. Strengths-based CBT therapists: a. help clients with unresolved issues of the past. b. attempt to reveal inadequate ego-defense mechanisms. c. are collaborative, active, here-and-now focused, and client-centered. d. are behaviorists and less active than most cognitive therapists.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Christine Padesky and Kathleen Mooney’s Strengths-Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.08 - Describe the basic principles of strengths-based CBT. KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 35. Strengths-based CBT practitioners ask clients for __________ to describe their experiences, both positive and negative. a. imagery and dreams b. imagery and metaphors c. dreams and metaphors d. metaphors and insight ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Christine Padesky and Kathleen Mooney’s Strengths-Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.08 - Describe the basic principles of strengths-based CBT. KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 36. Which of the following are theoretical assumptions of Beck’s CT: a. people’s thought processes are restricted for introspection. b. people’s beliefs have highly personal meanings.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 166

c. people must re-experience the past and process their feelings before change can happen. d. people cannot discover these meanings themselves they must have them interpreted by the therapist.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.06 - Identify the basic principles of cognitive therapy KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 37. Which REBT technique involves having the client do the very thing they avoid because of ―what people might think?‖ a. Role playing b. Desensitization c. Cognitive homework d. Shame-attacking exercises ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.03 - Explain how cognitive methods can be applied to change thinking and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 38. __________ are integrated into each phase of treatment in strengths-based CBT, beginning with the intake interview. a. Strengths b. Weaknesses c. Client beliefs d. Client concerns ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Christine Padesky and Kathleen Mooney’s Strengths-Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.08 - Describe the basic principles of strengths-based CBT. KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 39. Stress inoculation training consists of: a. behavioral research b. supervision c. cognitive restructuring. d. tapping into the unconscious realm.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Donald Meichenbaum’s Cognitive Behavior Modification QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 167

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.10 - Describe the key concepts and phases of Meichenbaum’s stress inoculation training.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 40. The type of cognitive error that involves thinking and interpreting in all-or-nothing terms, or in categorizing experiences in either/or extremes, is known as: a. magnification and exaggeration. b. polarized thinking. c. arbitrary inference. d. overgeneralization.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.05 - Explain the unique contributions of Aaron Beck to the development of cognitive therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 41. Beck’s cognitive therapy has been most widely applied to the treatment of: a. stress symptoms. b. anxiety reactions. c. phobias. d. depression.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.05 - Explain the unique contributions of Aaron Beck to the development of cognitive therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 42. The cognitive distortion of making conclusions without supporting and relevant evidence is known as: a. labeling and mislabeling. b. overgeneralization. c. arbitrary inferences. d. selective abstraction.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.05 - Explain the unique contributions of Aaron Beck to the development of cognitive therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 168

43. The cognitive distortion that consists of forming conclusions based on an isolated detail of an event is known as: a. labeling and mislabeling. b. overgeneralization. c. arbitrary inferences. d. selective abstraction.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.05 - Explain the unique contributions of Aaron Beck to the development of cognitive therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 44. The tendency for individuals to relate external events to themselves, even when there is no basis for making this connection, is known as: a. labeling and mislabeling. b. overgeneralization. c. arbitrary inferences. d. personalization.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.05 - Explain the unique contributions of Aaron Beck to the development of cognitive therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 45. The cognitive distortion that involves portraying one’s identity on the basis of imperfections and mistakes made in the past and allowing them to define one’s true identity is: a. labeling and mislabeling. b. overgeneralization. c. arbitrary inferences. d. personalization.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.05 - Explain the unique contributions of Aaron Beck to the development of cognitive therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 46. Ellis claims that his methods are applicable to individual therapy but that his approach does not work well in group therapy. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 169

b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.04 - Discuss how REBT can be applied to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 47. Bibliotherapeutic approaches have empirical support for the treatment of depression, for a variety of anxiety disorders, and for a range of clinical problems. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.03 - Explain how cognitive methods can be applied to change thinking and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 48. Cognitive behavioral group therapy stresses the importance of homework outside of the therapy session. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.04 - Discuss how REBT can be applied to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 49. Strengths-based CBT is a variant of Albert Ellis’s REBT. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Christine Padesky and Kathleen Mooney’s Strengths-Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.08 - Describe the basic principles of strengths-based CBT. KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 50. Donald Meichenbaum’s cognitive behavior modification shares with REBT and Beck’s cognitive therapy the assumption that distressing emotions are often the result of maladaptive thoughts. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 170

b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Donald Meichenbaum’s Cognitive Behavior Modification QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.09 - Describe Meichenbaum’s three- phase process of behavior change.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 51. According to Ellis, events do not cause emotional disturbances; rather it is our evaluation of these events that causes the problem. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.02 - Describe how the ABC model is a way of understanding the interaction among feelings, thoughts, and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. REBT hypothesizes that we keep ourselves emotionally disturbed by the process of self-indoctrination. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.02 - Describe how the ABC model is a way of understanding the interaction among feelings, thoughts, and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. One of Beck’s early contributions was to recognize that regardless of the cause of depression, once people became depressed, their thinking reflected what Beck referred to as the negative cognitive triad: negative views of the self, the world, and the future. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.06 - Identify the basic principles of cognitive therapy KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 171

54. Part of Ellis’s motivation for developing REBT was to deal with his own problems. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.01 - Identify common attributes shared by all cognitive behavior approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 55. Cognitive behavioral therapies are largely based on the idea that the reorganization of clients’ self-statements is a key to changing their behavior. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.03 - Explain how cognitive methods can be applied to change thinking and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 56. There is no concept in REBT that in any way agrees with Rogers’s idea of unconditional positive regard. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.03 - Explain how cognitive methods can be applied to change thinking and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 57. Rational emotive imagery involves behavior change only. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.03 - Explain how cognitive methods can be applied to change thinking and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. Cognitive therapy can be effectively employed in crisis intervention.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 172

a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.06 - Identify the basic principles of cognitive therapy KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 59. During strengths-based CBT therapy, clients often discover that they use less resilient strategies when they encounter obstacles in areas of positive interest than they do in problem areas of their life. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Christine Padesky and Kathleen Mooney’s Strengths-Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.08 - Describe the basic principles of strengths-based CBT. KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 60. Beck’s therapeutic approach originally focused on specific symptoms of depressed clients and the reasons they give for these symptoms. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.05 - Explain the unique contributions of Aaron Beck to the development of cognitive therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 61. Because humor shows the absurdity of certain ideas that clients steadfastly maintain, it is always inappropriate to use in sessions as it might be perceived as offensive. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.03 - Explain how cognitive methods can be applied to change thinking and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 173

62. Stress inoculation is a coping-skills approach designed to change a person’s self-statements. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Donald Meichenbaum’s Cognitive Behavior Modification QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.10 - Describe the key concepts and phases of Meichenbaum’s stress inoculation training.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 63. Clients learn that ―musts,‖ ―oughts,‖ and absolute ―shoulds‖ can be replaced by preferences in REBT. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.03 - Explain how cognitive methods can be applied to change thinking and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 64. Meichenbaum’s cognitive behavior modification focuses on changing a client’s self-talk. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Donald Meichenbaum’s Cognitive Behavior Modification QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.09 - Describe Meichenbaum’s three- phase process of behavior change.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 65. According to Beck, selective abstraction involves clients taking all the details of an event and using this information to reinforce negative schemas and support their maladaptive core beliefs. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.05 - Explain the unique contributions of Aaron Beck to the development of cognitive therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 174

66. Magnification and minimization consist of perceiving a case or situation in a greater or lesser light than it truly deserves. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.05 - Explain the unique contributions of Aaron Beck to the development of cognitive therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 67. A goal of REBT is to assist clients in the process of achieving conditional self-acceptance, conditional otheracceptance, and conditional life-acceptance. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.02 - Describe how the ABC model is a way of understanding the interaction among feelings, thoughts, and behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 68. Meichenbaum’s self-instructional training focuses on helping clients become aware of their self-talk and the stories they tell about themselves. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Donald Meichenbaum’s Cognitive Behavior Modification QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.09 - Describe Meichenbaum’s three- phase process of behavior change.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 69. According to the generic cognitive model, our beliefs do not play a major role in determining what type of psychological distress we will experience. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 175

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.05 - Explain the unique contributions of Aaron Beck to the development of cognitive therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 70. Collaborative empiricism involves a cognitive therapist’s collaboration with colleagues on a client’s case. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Aaron Beck’s Cognitive Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 10.06 - Identify the basic principles of cognitive therapy KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember

1. Choice theory emphasizes thinking and acting, which makes this a general form of: a. psychoanalytic therapy. b. non directive therapy. c. Gestalt therapy. d. cognitive behavior therapy.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.07 - Describe the application of reality therapy to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. The client’s quality world consists of which of the following? a. relationships. b. emotions. c. beliefs. d. insight.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.02 - Describe how choice theory is the theoretical underpinning of reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. WDEP stands for: a. wants, decision, self-evaluation, perception.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 176

b. wishes, direction, engagement, purpose. c. wants, doing, self-evaluation, planning. d. wants, direction, efficacy, planning.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.06 - Explain how the WDEP model is applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 4. The function of the reality therapist is to: a. assist clients in dealing with the present. b. encourage clients to make a value judgment concerning the quality of their behavior. c. confront clients about specific irrational thoughts and ideas and to teach them to think rationally. d. reindoctrinate clients with the acceptable standards for living.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 5. __________ posits that we are not born blank slates waiting to be externally motivated by forces in the world around us. a. WDEP theory b. Behavior therapy c. Choice theory d. Motivational therapy ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.02 - Describe how choice theory is the theoretical underpinning of reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. Which procedure would a reality therapist be least likely to employ? a. Skillful questioning b. Encouraging clients to look at what they are doing c. Making action plans Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 177

d. Reliving an early childhood event ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.06 - Explain how the WDEP model is applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 7. In our quality world, we develop an inner a. total behavior. b. freedom. c. picture album. d. power.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.02 - Describe how choice theory is the theoretical underpinning of reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. __________ teaches that all behavior is made up of four inseparable but distinct components – acting, thinking, feeling, and physiology. a. Total behavior b. Quality world c. Picture album d. Birth and death ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.03 - Explain the concept and clinical implications of total behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 9. Which of the following is a contribution of choice theory/reality therapy? a. It helps clients deal emotionally with unfinished business from their past. b. It provides insight into the causes of one’s problems. c. It is relatively short-term focused on dealing with conscious behavioral problems. d. Most of its concepts have been subjected to empirical testing.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 178

DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.10 - Discuss the contributions and limitations of the reality therapy approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. Reality therapy rests on the central idea that: a. thinking largely determines how we feel and behave. b. we choose our behavior and are responsible for what we do, think, and feel. c. environmental factors largely control what we are doing. d. the way to change dysfunctional behavior is to reexperience a situation in which we originally became psychologically stuck.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.01 - Identify the key figures associated with reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. The core of choice theory/reality therapy consists of: a. teaching clients how to acquire rational beliefs instead of irrational beliefs. b. helping clients to understand their unconscious dynamics. c. giving clients opportunities to express unresolved feelings. d. the client’s self-evaluation, plan of action, and commitment to follow through.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.09 - Identify the strengths and short comings of reality therapy in a multicultural context.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. A limitation of this approach as it applies to multicultural counseling is: a. the effect of traumatic experiences in early childhood. b. this therapy provides specific tools to help clients make the changes they desire. c. the concept of the quality world is abstract and lacks cross-cultural appeal. d. the therapists must be careful when adapting their approach to non-Western cultures.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 179

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.09 - Identify the strengths and short comings of reality therapy in a multicultural context.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 13. In a reality therapy group, the leader: a. is responsible for evaluating the clients’ behaviors. b. performs an assessment to determine if the client is truly getting what he or she wants in life. c. withholds feedback when members are designing their plans. d. may encounter resistance if they make poorly timed suggestions and plans for how the members should best live.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.07 - Describe the application of reality therapy to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. Choice theory changes the focus of responsibility to: a. self-help procedures. b. the use of humor. c. homework assignments. d. choice and choosing.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.04 - Examine the basic assumptions, unique characteristics, and goals of reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 15. __________ provides a delivery system for helping individuals take more effective control of their lives. a. Group counseling b. The WDEP system c. Assessment theory d. Reality therapy ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.01 - Identify the key figures associated with reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 180

16. In working with Japanese clients, a reality therapist might do which of the following when asking clients to make plans and commit to them? a. The therapist might be likely to accept ―I’ll try‖ as a firm commitment. b. The therapist would push clients for an explicit pledge to follow through. c. The therapist would view a noncommittal response as a sign of weakness. d. The therapist would refer their clients if they refused to commit to a plan.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.08 - Discuss the application of reality therapy to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. According to Glasser, many clients’ are caused by: a. unfinished business with parents. b. sibling rivalry. c. early childhood trauma. d. their inability to connect or to have a satisfying relationship with at least one of the significant people in their lives.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.01 - Identify the key figures associated with reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 18. According to reality therapy, focusing on the __________ ―protects‖ clients from facing the reality of unsatisfying present relationships, focusing on symptoms does the same thing. a. past b. present c. future d. therapist ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.04 - Examine the basic assumptions, unique characteristics, and goals of reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 19. A primary goal of contemporary reality therapy is to: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 181

a. help clients become more voluntarily acceptable. b. supply the basic human needs. c. help clients get connected or reconnected with the people they have chosen to put in their quality world. d. create goals.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 20. The practice of reality therapy can best be conceptualized as the: a. history of therapy. b. past processing theory. c. roadmap to theory. d. cycle of counseling.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.06 - Explain how the WDEP model is applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 21. Reality therapists believe in a generational basis for mental illness. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.01 - Identify the key figures associated with reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 22. Reality therapy is not well suited to group counseling. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 182

REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.07 - Describe the application of reality therapy to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 23. Choice theory is based on the assumption that people are in charge of their own destiny. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.03 - Explain the concept and clinical implications of total behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 24. Reality therapists maintain that clients will not change unless they assume a self-critical attitude. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. Reality therapy is an open system that allows for flexibility in application based on the needs of culturally diverse individuals. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.08 - Discuss the application of reality therapy to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. Reality therapy is popular in which of the following areas: a. surgery centers Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 183

b. medical facilities. c. state health hospitals. d. halfway houses.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.02 - Describe how choice theory is the theoretical underpinning of reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 27. Reality therapy is best described as: a. an intensive and long-term therapy. b. a rational therapy. c. an insight therapy. d. a short-term therapy that deals with conscious behavioral problems.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.09 - Identify the strengths and short comings of reality therapy in a multicultural context.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 28. Which of the following is a component of total behavior? a. Wanting b. Seeing c. Sensing d. Thinking ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.03 - Explain the concept and clinical implications of total behavior.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. Wubbolding extended the theory and practice of reality therapy with his conceptualization of the: a. reality theory. b. choice theory. c. WDEP system. d. quality world.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 184

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.01 - Identify the key figures associated with reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. Wubbolding believes all of the following encourage the client’s involvement in therapy, except for: a. appropriate use of humor. b. attending behavior. c. facilitative self-disclosure. d. allowing the client to focus on symptoms.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.06 - Explain how the WDEP model is applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. In reality therapy, the counseling environment is: a. the time to explore past trauma. b. characterized by a therapeutic climate that establishes the foundation for implementing procedures. c. highly structured with the aim of changing cognitions. d. conducive to restructuring one’s personality.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.06 - Explain how the WDEP model is applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 32. __________ posits that we are not born blank slates waiting to be externally motivated by forces in the world around us. a. WDEP theory b. Behavior therapy c. Choice theory d. Motivational therapy ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.02 - Describe how choice theory is the theoretical underpinning of reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 33. Wubbolding emphasizes that reality therapy is a mental health system rather than a: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 185

a. remediating system. b. theoretical system. c. medical system. d. behavioral system.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 34. If choice theory is the highway, reality therapy is the: a. vehicle delivering the product. b. roadmap. c. moving truck taking the product with it. d. exit to leave the highway.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.02 - Describe how choice theory is the theoretical underpinning of reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 35. Which of the following is true about planning and commitment in reality therapy: a. therapists make a commitment to carry out their plans. b. commitment is not an all-or-nothing matter. c. not much time is spent on these steps for reality therapy. d. it is up to therapists to determine how to take their plans from therapy into their everyday world.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.06 - Explain how the WDEP model is applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 36. What do reality therapists believe about the use of questions? a. They should rarely be used. b. Relevant questions help clients gain insights and arrive at plans and solutions. c. There is no such thing as excessive questioning; the more, the better! d. Closed questions are more helpful than open-ended questions.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 186

REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.06 - Explain how the WDEP model is applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 37. A reality therapist will primarily focus on: a. past behavior. b. present behavior. c. feelings. d. thoughts.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.06 - Explain how the WDEP model is applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 38. When reality therapists explore a client’s past, they tend to focus on: a. relationships within the family. b. early traumatic events. c. problems in school performance. d. past successes.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. In reality therapy, the purpose of developing an action plan is to: a. encourage clients to stretch beyond their limits. b. teach clients to ―think big.‖ c. arrange for successful experience. d. arrive at the ultimate solution to a client’s problem.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 187

40. The role of meaningful relationships in fostering emotional health is receiving increased attention in: a. WDEP. b. contemporary reality therapy. c. value judgment. d. behavioral therapy.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.04 - Examine the basic assumptions, unique characteristics, and goals of reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. Glasser challenges the traditionally accepted views of mental illness and treatment by the use of medication, especially: a. the widespread use of psychiatric drugs that often results in negative side effects both physically and psychologically. b. the lack of use of psychiatric drugs. c. the use of psychiatric drugs whether or not they result in negative side effects. d. medications are never needed.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 42. Which procedure is commonly used in reality therapy? a. Exploring wants, needs, and perceptions. b. Exploring early recollections. c. Focusing on the past d. Exploring the past.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.06 - Explain how the WDEP model is applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 43. All of the following are key characteristics of contemporary reality therapy, except: a. there is a focus on talking about symptoms that bring a client into therapy. b. emphasis is on choice and responsibility.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 188

c. there is a rejection of the notion of transference. d. therapy is kept in the present.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.04 - Examine the basic assumptions, unique characteristics, and goals of reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. Glasser contends that __________ is a way that both therapist and client avoid being who they are and owning what they are doing right now. a. responsibility b. questioning c. transference d. choice ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 45. Reality therapy is often considered as a: a. Long, in-depth process. b. mentoring process. c. symptom focusing theory. d. past processing theory.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 46. Reality therapy cautions against the therapist mentoring the client. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 189

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 47. Glasser believes the need to love and to belong are secondary needs. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.02 - Describe how choice theory is the theoretical underpinning of reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 48. Most recently, reality therapy has been applied to management and supervision, coaching, family therapy, and parenting. It is now taught and embedded in every continent except Antarctica. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.01 - Identify the key figures associated with reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. One procedure of reality therapy is to work through unfinished business from the past. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.06 - Explain how the WDEP model is applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. Reality therapists see therapeutic value in working with a client’s dreams. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 190

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.10 - Discuss the contributions and limitations of the reality therapy approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. Glasser took the position that schools need to be structured in ways to help students achieve a success identity as opposed to a failure identity. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.01 - Identify the key figures associated with reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. Reality therapists ask clients to take a hard look at whether their current actions are working for them. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. Reality therapy sees transference as a way for the therapist to avoid getting personally involved in the clients’ lives. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 54. The core of reality therapy is developing a plan for change as a way of translating talk into action. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 191

QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.10 - Discuss the contributions and limitations of the reality therapy approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 55. The first step in the process of reality therapy consists of a comprehensive assessment leading to a specific diagnosis. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 56. Commitment puts the responsibility directly on clients for changing. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.06 - Explain how the WDEP model is applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 57. Reality therapists refuse to accept excuses. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.06 - Explain how the WDEP model is applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. Reality therapists use punishment as a way to help clients follow through with their plans and commitments. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 192

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. Reality therapy tends to be a long-term approach. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.10 - Discuss the contributions and limitations of the reality therapy approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 60. Reality therapy is a popular approach in correctional work. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.01 - Identify the key figures associated with reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. It is essential for the therapist to establish a satisfying relationship with clients as a prerequisite for effective therapy.

Once this relationship is developed, the skill of the therapist as listener and teacher assumes a central role. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.02 - Describe how choice theory is the theoretical underpinning of reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 62. Reality therapists see clients as being responsible for their own choices, as they have more control of their behavior than they often believe. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 193

QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.04 - Examine the basic assumptions, unique characteristics, and goals of reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 63. Clients are expected to focus on their feelings and attitudes, and thus their behavior will change. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 64. Glasser recommends that therapists look back for the causes of a client's present failures. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 65. A main function of the reality therapist is to encourage clients to assess their behavior to determine how well it is working for them. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 66. Reality therapy is often used in treating drug and alcohol abusers. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 194

REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.02 - Describe how choice theory is the theoretical underpinning of reality therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 67. It is the job of the reality therapist to convey the idea that no matter how bad things are there is hope. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Choice Theory/Reality Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.05 - Describe the role of therapist involvement in creating a counseling environment that is conducive to success.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3

68. The SAMIC plan is an essential part of the evaluation phase of the WDEP system. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.06 - Explain how the WDEP model is applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 69. Robert Wubbolding stresses the importance of a supportive and challenging therapeutic environment. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.06 - Explain how the WDEP model is applied to practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 70. Addressing what clients are presently doing and asking clients to evaluate what they want to change fits well in various settings. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 195

REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 11.10 - Discuss the contributions and limitations of the reality therapy approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

1. From the feminist perspective, the socialization of women with multiple social identities inevitably affects which of the following? a. Engendered lives. b. Dependent development c. Goals and aspirations. d. Societal care.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.1 - Identify the key figures and their contributions to the development of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. A critique of which of the following used in feminist therapy is based on research, indicating that gender, culture, and race may influence assessment of clients’ symptoms? a. The self-in relation model b. The DSM c. The ICD d. A psychotherapy system ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.7 - Identify and discuss the standard feminist therapy procedures such as therapist selfdisclosure, reframing, relabeling, gender-role analysis and intervention, power analysis and intervention, and social action.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 3. __________ is at the core of feminist therapy and marked by authenticity, mutuality, and respect. a. The person is political b. The egalitarian relationship c. The women’s way of knowing d. A focus on strengths and a reformulated definition of psychological distress ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 196

DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 4. The principle that __________ is based on the assumption that the personal or individual problems individuals bring to counseling originate in a political and social context. a. The personal is political and critical consciousness b. The counseling relationship is egalitarian c. Women’s ways of knowing are valued and their experiences are honored d. A focus on strengths and a reformulated definition of psychological distress ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 5. Although feminist therapy shares many of the premises of person-centered therapy, it does not agree with the notion that a. the therapeutic relationship is, in and of itself, sufficient to produce change. b. therapy is based on unconditional positive regard and acceptance. c. the therapeutic relationship should be a non-hierarchical one. d. therapy aims to empower clients to live according to their own values and to rely on an internal locus of control.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.4 - Identify the therapeutic goals that guide feminist therapists in their work.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. Which theme would clients in feminist therapy be least likely to explore? a. Identify their internalized messages of oppression and replace them with more self-enhancing beliefs b. Understand how sexist and oppressive societal beliefs and practices influence them in negative ways c. Recognize the power of relationships and connectedness d. Acknowledge transference reactions toward their therapist ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 197

REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.4 - Identify the therapeutic goals that guide feminist therapists in their work.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. After having a bad therapeutic experience with a mental health professional who pathologized her anxiety over financial issues, Lillian decided to consult with a feminist therapist. How is her new therapist likely to view her anxiety symptoms? a. As a sign of distress rather than psychopathology b. As an indication of deficits in her personality c. As irrational beliefs d. As a sign of unconscious conflicts that must be worked through ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. Of the following, which intervention would a feminist therapist probably consider most essential? a. Challenging irrational beliefs b. Making use of the empty-chair technique c. Conducting a lifestyle analysis d. Social action ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.9 - Describe the role of social action in therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. Feminist therapists do not use diagnostic labels, or use them reluctantly, for which of the following reasons: a. They focus on the social factors that cause distress and dysfunctional behavior. b. They reflect the appropriate application of power in the therapeutic relationship. c. They focus on the social factors that cause dysfunctional behavior d. They are part of a system developed mainly within psychiatry, an institution that reinforces dominant cultural norms and may become an instrument of oppression.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 198

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.7 - Identify and discuss the standard feminist therapy procedures such as therapist selfdisclosure, reframing, relabeling, gender-role analysis and intervention, power analysis and intervention, and social action.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. __________ assists clients in identifying the impact that their own gender-role socialization has played in shaping their values, thoughts, and behaviors. a. Power analysis b. Gender role or social identity analysis c. Lifestyle analysis d. Analysis of transference and resistance ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.8 - Explain the value of empowerment as a basic strategy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 11. __________ includes a shift from placing the problem internally and ―blaming the victim‖ to consideration of social factors in the environment that contribute to a client’s problem. a. Paradoxical intention b. Reframing c. Relabeling d. Gender-role analysis ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.9 - Describe the role of social action in therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. Which strategy is unique to feminist therapy? a. Cognitive restructuring. b. Encouraging clients to take social action. c. Emphasizing the role of the client as advocate as well as facilitator. d. Viewing women’s and other marginalized and oppressed group’s experiences from a common perspective.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 199

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.1 - Identify the key figures and their contributions to the development of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 13. Of the following, which is one of the major contributions that feminists have made to the field of counseling and psychotherapy? a. Focusing on dealing with family dynamics b. Focusing on exploring the unconscious factors contributing to current problems c. Paving the way for gender-sensitive practice d. Placing the therapeutic relationship at the core of the therapy process ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Summary QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.1 - Identify the key figures and their contributions to the development of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. A __________ offers a unique approach to understanding the roles that women and men with diverse social identities and experiences have been socialized to accept and to bringing this understanding into the therapeutic process. a. gender-fair stance b. flexible-multicultural theory c. life-span orientation d. feminist perspective ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.1 - Identify the key figures and their contributions to the development of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. The feminist approach to group counseling involves which of the following: a. Support for the experience of being a person. b. Social involvement. c. Providing members a place to reflect on their role in society. d. An opportunity to experience and analyze multiple transferences.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 200

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.10 - Examine the application of feminist principles to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 16. A limitation of the feminist approach from a diversity perspective is: a. the risk of imposing the therapist’s own values on clients from diverse groups. b. the lack of sensitivity to individual differences in clients. c. the broad focus on respect and equality. d. the emphasis on the use of standardized therapeutic techniques.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Strengths From a Diversity Perspective QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.1 - Identify the key figures and their contributions to the development of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. Therapists of relational-cultural theory emphasize the qualities of _________ that contribute to the flow of the relationship. a. identity and self-concept b. authenticity and transparency c. growth and development d. strengths and relationships ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.2 - Examine the different forms of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 18. __________ is an intervention that changes the label or evaluation applied to some behavioral characteristic. a. Paradoxical intention b. Reframing c. Relabeling d. Gender-role analysis ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.8 - Explain the value of empowerment as a basic strategy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 201

19. In order to create a climate where men can reflect on their needs, choices, past and present pain, and hopes for their future, female counselors must have an environment resembling which of the following? a. An uncomfortable environment. b. An overwhelming environment. c. An authentic environment. d. An unsafe environment.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.10 - Examine the application of feminist principles to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 20. __________ assists clients in identifying the impact that society’s role expectations for women has played in shaping their values, thoughts, and behaviors. a. Gender-role intervention b. Power analysis c. Assertiveness training d. Bibliotherapy ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.8 - Explain the value of empowerment as a basic strategy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 21. Feminist therapists avoid sharing their values with clients in order to reduce the chance of value imposition. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.6 - Describe the importance of an egalitarian relationship and how collaboration works in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 22. Making oppression transparent is the first step in feminist therapy, but the ultimate goal is to replace sexism and other forms of discrimination and oppression with empowerment for all marginalized groups. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 202

b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. Empowerment is a central tenet of feminist psychotherapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.8 - Explain the value of empowerment as a basic strategy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 24. Feminist group work uses a structured approach and focuses on the use of techniques. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.7 - Identify and discuss the standard feminist therapy procedures such as therapist selfdisclosure, reframing, relabeling, gender-role analysis and intervention, power analysis and intervention, and social action.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 25. Theories and techniques are based on the lives and experiences of individuals (lived experiences), as well as research supporting gender and other inequities. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 203

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.5 - Explain the roles of gender and power in the therapeutic process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. A recommendation to volunteer at a rape crisis center is an example of a. relabeling. b. social action. c. culture. d. reframing.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.9 - Describe the role of social action in therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. The broad scope of feminist thought goes far beyond gender considerations. __________ issues are equally relevant to the therapeutic enterprise. a. Behavioral and cognitive b. Person-centered c. Multicultural and social justice d. Diagnostic ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.2 - Examine the different forms of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 28. __________ is built on the premise that it is essential to consider the social, cultural, and political context that contributes to a person’s problems in order to understand that person. a. Social justice b. Gender perspective c. Political context d. Feminist counseling ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.1 - Identify the key figures and their contributions to the development of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. Which of the following is a goal of feminist therapy? a. Striving for status quo Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 204

b. Social change c. Resolving current conflicts d. Being independent ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.4 - Identify the therapeutic goals that guide feminist therapists in their work.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. Which construct of feminist theory that explains differences in the behavior of women and men? a. Life-span perspective b. Flexible-multicultural c. Gender-Fair d. Interactionist intersectionality ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.2 - Examine the different forms of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. __________ is a philosophical orientation that lends itself to an integration of feminist, multicultural, and social justice concepts with a variety of psychotherapy approaches. a. Gender perspective b. Feminist psychotherapy c. Social justice d. Political context ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.1 - Identify the key figures and their contributions to the development of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 32. Who is most noted for her contributions to the development of feminist therapy? a. Miriam Polster b. Laura Brown c. Natalie Rogers d. Laura Perls ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 205

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.1 - Identify the key figures and their contributions to the development of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 33. A central concept in feminist therapy is the importance of understanding and acknowledging: a. psychological oppression and the constraints imposed by the sociopolitical status. b. the freedom to pursue a career outside the home. c. the right to an education. d. equality in power in relationships.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.1 - Identify the key figures and their contributions to the development of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 34. Which construct of feminist theory assumes that human development is a lifelong process a. Intrapsychic orientation b. Gender-fair c. Flexible-multicultural d. Life-span oriented ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.2 - Examine the different forms of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 35. The relational-cultural theory recognizes: a. that many women are searching for a connectedness with others as well as possibilities for autonomy. b. the emphasis of a spiritual or religious perspective in providing women with strength. c. the understanding of how early childhood is a crucial factor in a woman’s personality development. d. that siblings play in the shaping of personality.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 36. __________ tend to result in women giving away their power in relationships, often without being aware of it. a. Diversity competencies Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 206

b. Cognitive theories c. Socialization patterns d. Political contexts ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.1 - Identify the key figures and their contributions to the development of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 37. Which principle of feminist psychology is most aimed at advancing a transformation in society? a. The person is political. b. Commitment to social change c. Women’s ways of knowing are valued and their experiences are honored. d. A focus on strengths and a reformulated definition of psychological distress ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 38. Recent developments relevant to __________ in psychology have led to an integration of key themes of multiculturalism and feminism. a. social justice b. radical feminists c. socialist feminists d. liberal justice ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. __________ was the first to recognize that male development was presented as the norm and that development of women, though different, was judged by male norms. a. Gilligan b. Miller c. Evans d. Brown ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 207

REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 40. Feminist therapy was developed by several feminist therapists, all of whom shared the same vision a. to improve medical treatment for women. b. to improve mental health treatment for women. c. to expand the life-span perspective. d. to expand the relational-cultural theory.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. The counselor engages in __________ only when it is judged to be therapeutically helpful to the client. a. empathic connection b. conversation c. listening d. self-disclosure ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.7 - Identify and discuss the standard feminist therapy procedures such as therapist selfdisclosure, reframing, relabeling, gender-role analysis and intervention, power analysis and intervention, and social action.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 42. __________ is described as teaching and promoting assertive behavior; women become aware of their interpersonal rights, transcend stereotypical gender roles, change negative beliefs, and implement changes in their daily life. a. Bibliotherapy b. Power analysis c. Assertiveness training d. Gender-role intervention ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.7 - Identify and discuss the standard feminist therapy procedures such as therapist selfCopyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 208

KEYWORDS:

disclosure, reframing, relabeling, gender-role analysis and intervention, power analysis and intervention, and social action.

Bloom’s: Understand

43. __________ emphasize mutual empathy and deep respect for the client, understand how disconnections affect the individual, and create a therapeutic relationship that is healing. a. Diversity practitioners b. Cognitive practitioners c. Relational-cultural therapy practitioners d. Person-centered practitioners ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. Like all marginalized groups, women are: a. superior. b. sexist. c. biracial. d. bicultural.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 45. A related goal of feminist therapy is to help: a. individuals remain separate and focus of their own strengths. b. communities understand the importance of remaining focused on the individual. c. individuals come together to strengthen collective power. d. communities come together for celebrations.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.4 - Identify the therapeutic goals that guide feminist therapists in their work.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 46. __________ refers to the range of methods aimed at helping clients understand how unequal access to power and resources can influence personal realities.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 209

a. Gender-role intervention b. Power analysis c. Assertiveness training d. Bibliotherapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.7 - Identify and discuss the standard feminist therapy procedures such as therapist selfdisclosure, reframing, relabeling, gender-role analysis and intervention, power analysis and intervention, and social action.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 47. Feminist therapy is not static, but is continually evolving. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.13 - Identify the key contributions and main limitations of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 48. Feminist therapists do not tend to engage in self-disclosure because of their concern over unduly influencing the client. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.13 - Identify the key contributions and main limitations of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. By considering contextual variables, symptoms are reframed as survival strategies. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.7 - Identify and discuss the standard feminist therapy procedures such as therapist selfCopyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 210

KEYWORDS:

disclosure, reframing, relabeling, gender-role analysis and intervention, power analysis and intervention, and social action.

Bloom’s: Understand

50. The contemporary version of feminist therapy and the multicultural and social justice perspectives to counseling practice have a great deal in common. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. Feminist therapists restrict their practices to women clients. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. Feminist therapists work to demystify the counseling relationship. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.4 - Identify the therapeutic goals that guide feminist therapists in their work.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. Bibliotherapy is frequently used in feminist therapy a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 211

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.7 - Identify and discuss the standard feminist therapy procedures such as therapist selfdisclosure, reframing, relabeling, gender-role analysis and intervention, power analysis and intervention, and social action.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 54. Feminist therapy incorporates techniques from many traditional approaches. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.6 - Describe the importance of an egalitarian relationship and how collaboration works in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 55. Therapists aim to lessen the suffering caused by disconnection and isolation, increase clients’ capacity for relational resilience, develop mutual empathy and mutual empowerment, and foster social justice. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 56. It is possible to incorporate the principles of feminist therapy with a multicultural perspective. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Feminist Therapy: A Multicultural and Social Justice Perspective QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.12 - Explain the relationship between feminist therapy and multicultural therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 57. A feminist therapist generally does not expect the client to assume responsibility for making internal or external changes. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 212

QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.13 - Identify the key contributions and main limitations of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. According to feminist therapists, an intrapsychic orientation tends to result in blaming the victim. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Application of Theory: Techniques and Practices QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.7 - Identify and discuss the standard feminist therapy procedures such as therapist selfdisclosure, reframing, relabeling, gender-role analysis and intervention, power analysis and intervention, and social action.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. A distinctive feature of feminist therapy is the assumption that direct action for social change is one of the responsibilities of therapists. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. An androcentric theory uses female-oriented constructs to draw conclusions about human nature. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. Diagnoses are based on the dominant culture’s view of normalcy and therefore cannot account for cultural differences. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 213

REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.5 - Explain the roles of gender and power in the therapeutic process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 62. A distinctive feature of feminist therapy is the assumption that direct action for social change is one of the responsibilities of therapists. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 63. Feminist therapists emphasize that societal gender role expectations profoundly influence a person’s identity from birth and become deeply ingrained in adult personality. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 64. According to the relational-cultural model, a woman’s sense of self depends largely on how she connects with others. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 65. In feminist therapy, adjustment rather than transcendence is a primary goal of therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 214

REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.4 - Identify the therapeutic goals that guide feminist therapists in their work.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 66. Today’s feminists believe that gender can be considered separately from other identity areas such as race, ethnicity, class, and sexual orientation. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.1 - Identify the key figures and their contributions to the development of feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 67. The egalitarian relationship, is marketed by authenticity, mutuality, and respect, which is at the core of feminist therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 68. The beginnings of feminism can be traced to the late 1800s, but it is the women’s movement of the 1960s that laid the foundation for the development of feminist therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 69. While most feminist therapists believe that gender is always an important factor, they realize that ethnicity, sexual orientation, and class may be more important factors in certain situations for many women. a. True b. False ANSWER: True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 215

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 70. Feminist therapy is a technically integrative approach that emphasizes the analysis of gender, power, and social location as strategies for facilitating change. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Key Concepts QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.3 - Differentiate among the six interrelated principles associated with feminist therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 71. Historically, feminist psychotherapy groups were a vehicle for consciousness-raising. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Processes in Feminist Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 12.6 - Describe the importance of an egalitarian relationship and how collaboration works in the therapy process.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

1. In the postmodern view, all of the following notions about reality are true, except: a. reality is objectively defined. b. reality is based on the use of language. c. reality is socially constructed. d. each individual experiences their own unique reality.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction to Social Constructionism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.1 - Identify how the postmodern approaches differ from the modernist approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 216

2. Donna feels certain that no one will ever want to hire her because she has a timid personality. Her solution-oriented therapist would be most inclined to: a. explore her early childhood experiences with being rejected. b. consider her irrational belief to be indicative of psychopathology. c. ask Donna to examine another side of the story she is presenting about herself and think of times when she was accepted by others. d. prescribe medication for her anxiety issues.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.4 - Examine the distinguishing features and key concepts of solution-focused brief therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. In the view of the postmodern therapist, the most essential element of therapy is: a. assessment. b. the collaborative therapeutic relationship. c. diagnosis. d. brief course of treatment.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction to Social Constructionism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.1 - Identify how the postmodern approaches differ from the modernist approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 4. Which of the following is a characteristic of brief therapy? a. Rapid working alliance between therapist and client b. Undefined specification of achievable treatment goals c. The using of clients’ strengths and resources d. Using humanistic principles for a person-centered approach ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.4 - Examine the distinguishing features and key concepts of solution-focused brief therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 217

5. All of the following qualities of solution-focused brief therapists, except: a. have little interest in a client exploring past problems. b. focus on the client’s early childhood experiences. c. believe that the cause of a problem is not necessarily related to its solution. d. expect that two clients may have different solutions to the same problem.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.4 - Examine the distinguishing features and key concepts of solution-focused brief therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. In the solution-oriented approach, which is not considered one of the three basic parts to the structure of summary feedback? a. Compliments b. A bridge c. Expressing concern d. Suggesting a task ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.6 - Describe the techniques often used by solution-focused brief therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. It is within the scope of SFBT practice to allow for some discussion of __________ to validate clients’ experience. a. presenting problems b. behavioral issues in the past c. therapist personal issues d. past issues ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.4 - Examine the distinguishing features and key concepts of solution-focused brief therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. Narrative therapy has been found to be particularly effective with diverse client populations for all of the following Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 218

reasons, except: a. it was founded in a sociocultural context. b. it allows clients to tell their unique stories from their perspective. c. it defines problems within a social, cultural, political, and relational context. d. it teaches diverse clients to replace their own narratives with ones that conform more closely to the ideals and values of mainstream culture.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Narrative Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.12 - Discuss the role of the therapeutic relationship in narrative therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. The role of the leader in solution-focused therapy groups: a. sets the tone of focusing on solutions. b. provides clients with simple solutions to their problems. c. creates a setting to concentrate on larger goals. d. skillfully asks closed ended questions to achieve outcomes.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.7 - Describe the application of solution-focused therapy to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. Which statement about creating alternative stories is true? a. Constructing counter stories goes hand in hand with constructing problem-saturated narratives. b. The narrative therapist analyzes and interprets the meaning of a client’s story. c. The therapist works with clients individually to help them construct more coherent and comprehensive stories that they live by. d. The development of alternative stories is an enactment of ultimate hope.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Narrative Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.13 - Describe the techniques often used by narrative therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. From a social constructionist perspective, change begins with: a. deconstructing the power of cultural narratives.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 219

b. understanding the roots of a problem. c. the therapist’s skill in using confrontational techniques. d. understanding and accepting objective reality.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and the Postmodern Perspectives QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.15 - Identify the strengths and shortcomings of the postmodern approaches from a multicultural perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. Of the following, what is an interest that social constructionists tend to share? a. Helping clients better understand objective reality b. Using paradoxical techniques c. Using a genogram to teach families about conflicts d. Generating new meaning in the lives of individuals ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction to Social Constructionism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.3 - Explain the collaborative language systems approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 13. The techniques of externalization and developing unique events are associated primarily with: a. solution-oriented therapy. b. the linguistic approach. c. the narrative approach. d. the reflecting team.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Narrative Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.11 - Identify the distinguishing features and key concepts of narrative therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 14. Narrative therapists attempt to do which of the following? a. Engage people in deconstructing problem-saturated stories. b. Use a proven direction to reach positive outcome. c. Review old stories. d. Encourage free association.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 220

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Narrative Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.11 - Identify the distinguishing features and key concepts of narrative therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. Narrative therapists pay attention to ―sparkling moments,‖ such as: a. moments when the client feels exhilarated. b. identifying instances when the problem did not completely dominate the client’s life. c. times when significant others give the client unconditional love. d. events characterized by a striving to overcome barriers.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Motivational Interviewing QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.10 - Describe how motivational interviewing can be applied in school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 16. The creation of the self, which dominated the modernist search for human essence and truth: a. is being replaced by postmodernists with the concept of socially storied lives. b. is also a key concept of postmodern approaches. c. is more relevant in the narrative approach than it is in solution-oriented therapy. d. has proven to be completely irrelevant to all counselors and therapists practicing today.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction to Social Constructionism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.1 - Identify how the postmodern approaches differ from the modernist approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. A limitation of the postmodern approaches is that: a. therapists require extensive training in providing brief therapy. b. inexperienced therapists may over rely on techniques and appear mechanistic. c. the use of open-ended questioning. d. its lack of applicability to group counseling.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 221

REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and the Postmodern Perspectives QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.15 - Identify the strengths and shortcomings of the postmodern approaches from a multicultural perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 18. Narrative conversations do not follow the linear progression described here; it is better to think of these steps in terms of __________ progression. a. lateral b. cyclical c. parallel d. perpendicular ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Narrative Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.13 - Describe the techniques often used by narrative therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 19. If a client comes to therapy because someone else (a spouse, parent, teacher, or probation officer) thinks the client has a problem, it describes which solution-focused therapeutic relationship? a. Customer b. Complaint c. Visitor d. Shopper ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.5 - Identify the role of the therapeutic relationship in the solution- focused approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 20. During the solution-focused initial therapy session, it is common for solution-focused therapists to ask, ―What have you done since you called for the appointment that has made a difference in your problem?‖ This describes: a. formula first session task. b. the miracle question. c. pretherapy change. d. exception questions.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 222

REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.6 - Describe the techniques often used by solution-focused brief therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 21. Narrative therapists pay significant attention to a client’s past because it helps them understand the origins of client’s stories. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Narrative Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.11 - Identify the distinguishing features and key concepts of narrative therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 22. In solution-focused brief therapy, the role of the client is to create, explore, and co-author their evolving story. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.5 - Identify the role of the therapeutic relationship in the solution- focused approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. The linguistic approach stresses the expert role of the therapist in suggesting solutions to a family’s problems. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction to Social Constructionism QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.2 - Describe the historical roots of social constructionism.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 24. In social constructionism, the therapist assumes the role of expert, rather than adopting a collaborative or consultative stance. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 223

b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and the Postmodern Perspectives QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.15 - Identify the strengths and shortcomings of the postmodern approaches from a multicultural perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. The narrative emphasis on creating an appreciative audience for new developments in an individual’s life lends itself to group counseling. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Narrative Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.11 - Identify the distinguishing features and key concepts of narrative therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 26. A solution-oriented therapist might ask their client, a compulsive shopper, which of the following questions? a. Who has the best shoe sale this week, Macy’s or Nordstrom’s? b. If a miracle happened and your shopping compulsion was solved overnight, how would you know it was solved, and what would be different? c. Who in your family is most affected when you go on a spending spree? d. At what point in your life did you develop this fixation on shopping?

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.6 - Describe the techniques often used by solution-focused brief therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 27. Social constructionism explains how values are transmitted through language by the social milieu and suggests that individuals are constantly changing with the ebb and flow of the influences of: a. actions. b. culture. c. behavior. d. attitudes.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 224

REFERENCES: Introduction to Social Constructionism QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.1 - Identify how the postmodern approaches differ from the modernist approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 28. Which of the following is false as it applies to the practice of solution-focused brief therapy? a. Individuals who come to therapy have the capability of behaving effectively. b. There are advantages to a positive focus on solutions and on the future. c. Clients want to change, have the capacity to change, and are doing their best to make change happen. d. Using techniques in therapy is a way of discounting a client’s capacity to find their own way.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.6 - Describe the techniques often used by solution-focused brief therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 29. Which solution-focused therapy technique involves asking clients to describe times in their lives when they were able to solve their problem or when their problem was less severe? a. Pre-therapy change b. The miracle question c. Exception questions d. Scaling ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.6 - Describe the techniques often used by solution-focused brief therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 30. Solution-focused brief therapy has parallels with __________, which concentrates on what is right and what is working for people rather than dwelling on deficits, weaknesses, and problems. a. brief psychodynamic therapy b. positive psychology c. Adlerian therapy d. REBT ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.4 - Examine the distinguishing features and key concepts of solution-focused brief therapy.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 225

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Remember

31. In regard to brief therapy, the average length of therapy is __________, with the most common length being only one session. a. one to two months of sessions b. two to three weeks c. one to three sessions d. three to eight sessions ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.6 - Describe the techniques often used by solution-focused brief therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 32. The founder(s) of solution-focused brief therapy is (are): a. Michael White and David Epston b. Insoo Kim Berg and Steve de Shazer c. Albert Ellis and Aaron Beck d. Donald Meichenbaum ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 33. The founder(s) of narrative therapy is (are): a. Michael White and David Epston b. Insoo Kim Berg and Steve de Shazer c. Albert Ellis and Aaron Beck d. Donald Meichenbaum ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Narrative Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.11 - Identify the distinguishing features and key concepts of narrative therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 34. The solution-focused brief therapy therapeutic process rests on the foundation that clients are: a. in need of an expert. b. unable to make decisions. c. the experts on their own lives. d. passive participants in their journey.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 226

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.6 - Describe the techniques often used by solution-focused brief therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 35. Constructing counter stories goes hand in hand with: a. deconstruction. b. reconstruction. c. demolition. d. rebuilding.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and the Postmodern Perspectives QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.15 - Identify the strengths and shortcomings of the postmodern approaches from a multicultural perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 36. One narrative technique for consolidating the gains a client makes involves a therapist writing letters to the person.

This is: a. externalization and deconstruction. b. search for unique outcomes. c. alternative stories and reauthoring. d. documenting the evidence.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and the Postmodern Perspectives QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.15 - Identify the strengths and shortcomings of the postmodern approaches from a multicultural perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 37. A main task of the narrative therapist is to help clients construct a: a. negative story line. b. preferred story line. c. new façade. d. second personality.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Narrative Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 227

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.11 - Identify the distinguishing features and key concepts of narrative therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 38. There are three kinds of solution-focused therapeutic relationships. The client coming to therapy because someone else (a spouse, parent, teacher, or probation officer) thinks the client has a problem describes which relationship? a. Customer b. Complaint c. Visitor d. Shopper ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.7 - Describe the application of solution-focused therapy to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 39. There are three kinds of solution-focused therapeutic relationships. The client describing a problem but being unable or unwilling to assume a role in constructing a solution, believing that a solution is dependent on someone else’s actions describes which relationship? a. Customer b. Complaint c. Visitor d. Shopper ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.7 - Describe the application of solution-focused therapy to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 40. In Motivational Interviewing, the stage where there is no intention of changing a behavior pattern in the near future is called the _______ stage. a. contemplation b. preparation c. maintenance d. precontemplation ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Motivational Interviewing QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.9 - Examine the key concepts and principles of motivational interviewing and the stages of change.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 228

41. In Motivational Interviewing, the stage when individuals intend to take action immediately and report some small behavioral changes is called the __________ stage. a. preparation b. contemplation c. maintenance d. precontemplation ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Motivational Interviewing QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.9 - Examine the key concepts and principles of motivational interviewing and the stages of change.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 42. SFBT is an optimistic, antideterministic, future-oriented approach based on the assumption that clients have the ability to change quickly and can create a problem-free language as they strive for a new reality. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.4 - Examine the distinguishing features and key concepts of solution-focused brief therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 43. Motivational Interviewing (MI) is a humanistic, client-centered, psychosocial, and modestly directive counseling approach that was developed by William R Miller and Stephen Rollnick in the early 1980s. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Motivational Interviewing QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.9 - Examine the key concepts and principles of motivational interviewing and the stages of change.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 44. The stages of change model assumes that people progress through a series of five identifiable stages in the counseling process. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 229

REFERENCES: Motivational Interviewing QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.9 - Examine the key concepts and principles of motivational interviewing and the stages of change.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 45. The use of techniques is fundamental in narrative therapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Narrative Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.13 - Describe the techniques often used by narrative therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 46. A key theme of SFBT is, when you know what is working, do more of it. If something is not working, try something different. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.4 - Examine the distinguishing features and key concepts of solution-focused brief therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 47. The solution-focused approach was originally designed as a brief model of psychotherapy. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.4 - Examine the distinguishing features and key concepts of solution-focused brief therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 48. The main goal of brief therapy is to help clients efficiently resolve problems and to move forward as quickly as possible. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 230

ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.6 - Describe the techniques often used by solution-focused brief therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 49. Without the cultural conditions that accept the concept of depression, talking about a person as depressed would mean nothing. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction to Social Constructionism QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.2 - Describe the historical roots of social constructionism.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 50. Solution-focused brief therapy differs from traditional therapies by eschewing the past in favor of both the present and the future. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 51. Assessment and therapy techniques are more important than empathy to a social constructionist. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction to Social Constructionism QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.3 - Explain the collaborative language systems approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 52. In postmodern thinking, language and the use of language in stories create meaning. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 231

REFERENCES: Introduction to Social Constructionism QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.3 - Explain the collaborative language systems approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 53. Narrative therapy is a strengths-based approach that emphasizes collaboration between client and therapist to help clients view themselves as empowered and living the way they want. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Narrative Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.11 - Identify the distinguishing features and key concepts of narrative therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 54. Even science is not free from the influence of such processes of social construction. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction to Social Constructionism QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.2 - Describe the historical roots of social constructionism.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 55. Solution-focused therapists often use scaling questions. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.16 - Describe the contributions and limitations of the postmodern approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 56. Modernists believe in the ability to describe objective reality accurately and assume that it can be observed and systematically known through the scientific method. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 232

REFERENCES: Introduction to Social Constructionism QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.2 - Describe the historical roots of social constructionism.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 57. In solution-focused therapy, behavior change is viewed as the most effective approach to assisting people in enhancing their lives. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.7 - Describe the application of solution-focused therapy to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 58. In social constructionism, the therapist assumes the role of expert, rather than adopting a collaborative or consultative stance. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.16 - Describe the contributions and limitations of the postmodern approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 59. Externalizing conversations counteract oppressive, problem-saturated stories and empower clients to feel competent to handle the problems they face. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Narrative Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.13 - Describe the techniques often used by narrative therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 60. Solution-focused brief therapy is grounded on the optimistic assumption that people are healthy and competent and have the ability to construct solutions that can enhance their lives. a. True b. False ANSWER: True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 233

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Solution-Focused Brief Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.5 - Identify the role of the therapeutic relationship in the solution- focused approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 61. Clients are never stuck in a pattern of living a problem-saturated story that does not work. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Narrative Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.13 - Describe the techniques often used by narrative therapists.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 62. The narrative emphasis on creating an appreciative audience for new developments in an individual’s life lends itself to group counseling. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Narrative Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.14 - Examine the application of narrative therapy to group counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 63. All social constructionist theories emphasize listening to clients without judgment or blame, affirming and valuing them. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction to Social Constructionism QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.3 - Explain the collaborative language systems approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 64. Motivational interviewing encourages counselors to reflect on their style of interacting with clients to better understand their own part in creating relationships where there is resistance or discord. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 234

ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Motivational Interviewing QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 13.9 - Examine the key concepts and principles of motivational interviewing and the stages of change.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember

1. Family therapy perspectives call for a conceptual shift from evaluating individuals to focusing on: a. system dynamics. b. individual symptoms. c. the identified client only. d. an individual’s reactions.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.2 - Identify the commonalities among all models of family systems therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. Alfred Adler and Rudolf Dreikurs and their associates were the first known practitioners of family therapy, often using a model now called: a. closed-forum family counseling. b. closed-forum individual counseling. c. open-forum family counseling. d. open-forum individual counseling.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.4 - Differentiate the key concepts and goals associated with each of the separate schools of family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 3. In structural-strategic family therapy, __________ must occur in a family before an individual’s symptoms can be reduced or eliminated. a. solution-oriented changes b. therapist directions c. focus on the present d. structural changes Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 235

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.4 - Differentiate the key concepts and goals associated with each of the separate schools of family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 4. Feminism, multiculturalism, and postmodern social constructionism are models of family therapy that treat clients as a. passive participants in their journey. b. the experts in their own lives. c. needing an expert. d. an individual without the ability to make decisions.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.5 - Identify recent innovations in family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 5. An integrative approach to the practice of family therapy includes guiding principles that help the therapist organize all of the following, except: a. goals. b. interactions. c. observations. d. medications.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.9 - Identify the contributions and limitations of the family systems approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 6. From Introduction, symptoms are often viewed as a. an expression of a set of habits and patterns within a family. b. evidence of psychopathology. c. a sign of weakness. d. a result of cognitive distortions.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 236

DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.2 - Identify the commonalities among all models of family systems therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 7. What is the technique in family therapy that casts a new light on a problem and provides a different interpretation for a problematic situation? a. Reorganization b. Family mapping c. Restructuring d. Reframing ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 8. The systems perspective implies that a. individuals are autonomous and independent of their families. b. the external environment is the most powerful influence on an individual’s development. c. individuals are best understood through the context of their role in their family. d. systematic intervention is required to deconstruct an unhealthy family interaction pattern.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.4 - Differentiate the key concepts and goals associated with each of the separate schools of family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. A tool for collecting and organizing key relationships in a three-generational extended family is a a. lifestyle assessment. b. family sketch. c. genogram. d. projective test.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 237

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.6 - Describe the multilayered process of family therapy - Differentiate between first-order intervention and second-order intervention.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 10. In the assessment process, questions a family therapist might ask include all of the following, except a. What does each family member bring to the session? b. How can I give voice to my own impulses and fantasies? c. Who makes decisions? How are conflicts resolved or problems handled? d. Are the parents effective leaders of the family, and is the process of leadership balanced or imbalanced?

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.6 - Describe the multilayered process of family therapy - Differentiate between first-order intervention and second-order intervention.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. The one central principle agreed upon by family therapy practitioners, regardless of their particular approach, is that a. the client is connected to living systems. b. family dysfunction is typically caused by the most dominant family member. c. lack of differentiation is the primary cause of all family dysfunction. d. the empty chair technique is the most effective technique.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.2 - Identify the commonalities among all models of family systems therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. The techniques of joining, boundary setting, unbalancing, reframing, ordeals, enactments, and paradoxical interventions are most likely to be part of which approach to family therapy? a. Bowenian family therapy b. Adlerian family therapy c. Structural-strategic family therapy d. Strategic family therapy ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 238

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.4 - Differentiate the key concepts and goals associated with each of the separate schools of family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 13. We create, maintain, and live by often __________ that we hope will keep the family (and each of its members) functional. a. the use of bibliotherapy b. differentiation of the self c. agreed upon rules d. unspoken rules and routines ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.2 - Identify the commonalities among all models of family systems therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. Roger and his wife are experiencing tension in their relationship because he believes she is far too lenient with their children when they misbehave. This forces him to play the role of ―bad cop‖ as a parent, which makes him angry. A family therapist working with Roger and his family might a. help to modify the family’s transactional rules and develop more appropriate boundaries. b. refer Roger to individual therapy since he clearly needs to work through his unresolved issues that are causing him to feel so angry. c. take Roger’s side and educate his wife about appropriate disciplinary practices. d. focus on getting the children to stop misbehaving so that Roger and his wife won’t experience this tension.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 5 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.4 - Differentiate the key concepts and goals associated with each of the separate schools of family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. Therapists begin to form a relationship with clients from the moment of a. first contact. b. complete trust. c. family introductions. d. engaging in deep conversation.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 239

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.6 - Describe the multilayered process of family therapy - Differentiate between first-order intervention and second-order intervention.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 16. Chun Hei is a Korean immigrant who has been separated from her family and friends for over a year since she came to the United States with her husband. She spends her days taking care of their two young children while he goes to work and feels increasingly depressed without her support system. It is likely that a family therapist who meets Chun Hei would a. prescribe her antidepressant medication. b. be very interested in how her depression affects others in the family and how it influences family process. c. abandon using a systems approach, and treat her with cognitive behavioral methods. d. be directive and tell her to convince her husband to go back to Korea so she will once again have family support.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.3 - Describe how family systems therapy is different from individual therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 17. Structural family therapy includes all of the following goals except for bringing about structural change by a. modifying the family’s transactional rules. b. developing more appropriate boundaries. c. reducing symptoms of dysfunction. d. the therapist taking a not-knowing stance with a family.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.4 - Differentiate the key concepts and goals associated with each of the separate schools of family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 18. To prevent his parents from leaving the house, Miguel throws temper tantrums. His parents have given in to his demands and never go out to dinner or to movies anymore. A structural-strategic therapist working with Miguel and his parents will most likely a. have them participate in an enactment during the therapy session. b. explain with a genogram the origins of Miguel's temper tantrums. c. help Miguel’s parents to develop differentiated selves. d. do a lifestyle assessment.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 240

DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.6 - Describe the multilayered process of family therapy - Differentiate between first-order intervention and second-order intervention.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 19. If we hope to work therapeutically with an individual, it is critical to consider him or her within the a. problematic system. b. behavioral system. c. individual system. d. family system.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.9 - Identify the contributions and limitations of the family systems approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 20. A limitation of the family systems model is that a. therapists all too often get lost in their consideration of the ―system.‖ b. the systemic perspective can be overwhelming for the therapist. c. family therapy is not well suited to working with diverse clients. d. an emphasis on family systems precludes a focus on emotions.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.9 - Identify the contributions and limitations of the family systems approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 21. Systemic family therapy began to take root in the 1940s. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Introduction QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.1 - Identify the key figures and major schools of family therapy.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 241

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Remember

22. One of the key contributions of most systemic approaches is that neither the individual nor the family is blamed for a particular dysfunction. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.9 - Identify the contributions and limitations of the family systems approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. Some family therapists focus primarily on the nuclear family, which is based on Western notions, and this could clearly be a shortcoming in working with clients in extended families. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.8 - Describe the strengths and shortcomings of family systems therapy from a diversity perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 24. Feminist, multicultural, and postmodern therapists are extremely aware of the power they have entering into already established systems, and they work to promote understanding through curiosity and interest rather than through formal assessments. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.5 - Identify recent innovations in family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. Family systems therapy cannot be used when working with individual clients. a. True b. False ANSWER: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 242

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.5 - Identify recent innovations in family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 26. Roger and his wife are experiencing tension in their relationship because he believes she is far too lenient with their children when they misbehave. This forces him to play the role of ―bad cop‖ as a parent, which makes him angry. A family therapist working with Roger and his family might: a. help to modify the family’s transactional rules and develop more appropriate boundaries. b. refer Roger to individual therapy since he clearly needs to work through his unresolved issues that are causing him to feel so angry. c. take Roger’s side and educate his wife about appropriate disciplinary practices. d. focus on getting the children to stop misbehaving so that Roger and his wife won’t experience this tension.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.5 - Identify recent innovations in family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 27. When conducting an assessment family practitioners start with a __________ for all family that comes to therapy. a. genogram b. map c. fee structure d. list of rules ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.6 - Describe the multilayered process of family therapy - Differentiate between first-order intervention and second-order intervention.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 28. Chun Hei is a Korean immigrant who has been separated from her family and friends for over a year since she came to the U.S. with her husband. She spends her days taking care of their two young children while he goes to work and feels increasingly depressed without her support system. It is likely that a family therapist who meets Chun Hei would: a. prescribe her antidepressant medication. b. be very interested in how her depression affects others in the family and how it influences family process. c. abandon using a systems approach and treat her with cognitive behavioral methods. d. be directive and tell her to convince her husband to go back to Korea so she will once again have family support.

ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 243

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 406 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 29. Which approach assumes that a family can best be understood when it is analyzed from at least a three-generational perspective? a. Bowenian family therapy b. Human validation process model c. Social constructionism d. Strategic family therapy ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.4 - Differentiate the key concepts and goals associated with each of the separate schools of family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 30. Which approach asserts that unresolved emotional reactivity to one’s family must be addressed if one hopes to achieve a mature and unique personality? a. Bowenian family therapy b. Adlerian family therapy c. Social constructionism d. Strategic family therapy ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.4 - Differentiate the key concepts and goals associated with each of the separate schools of family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 31. A couple directs the focus of their energy toward a problematic son as a way to avoid facing or dealing with their own conflicts. This is an example of: a. enmeshment. b. normal love. c. displacement. d. triangulation.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 244

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.4 - Differentiate the key concepts and goals associated with each of the separate schools of family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 32. In working with a triangulated relationship, Bowen would be inclined to place primary emphasis on: a. joining the family. b. engaging in personal self-disclosure to build trust. c. maintaining a stance of neutrality. d. siding with one member involved in the triangle.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.4 - Differentiate the key concepts and goals associated with each of the separate schools of family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 33. Structural family therapy includes all of the following goals except for bringing about structural change by: a. modifying the family’s transactional rules. b. developing more appropriate boundaries. c. reducing symptoms of dysfunction. d. the therapist taking a not-knowing stance with a family.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 34. The opposite of a differentiated self is experienced as: a. emotional reactivity. b. the integration of one’s various parts. c. movement toward self-actualization. d. attunement with others.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.5 - Identify recent innovations in family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 35. To prevent his parents from leaving the house, Miguel throws temper tantrums. His parents have given in to his demands and never go out to dinner or to movies anymore. A structural-strategic therapist working with Miguel and his parents will most likely: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 245

a. have them participate in an enactment during the therapy session. b. explain with a genogram the origins of Miguel's temper tantrums. c. help Miguel’s parents to develop differentiated selves. d. do a lifestyle assessment.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.8 - Describe the strengths and shortcomings of family systems therapy from a diversity perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 36. Which of the following individuals is not associated with family therapy? a. Alfred Adler b. Rudolf Dreikurs c. Fritz Perls d. Salvador Minuchin ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 37. Which approach would be most interested in the interactional patterns, or sequences, in the family? a. Bowenian family therapy b. Human validation process model c. Structural-strategic family therapy d. Social constructionism ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 38. To __________ is to form a set of ideas about people, systems, and situations that focus meaning in a useful way. a. blame b. hypothesize c. placate d. be irrelevant ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 246

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.8 - Describe the strengths and shortcomings of family systems therapy from a diversity perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 39. Techniques are more important to models that see the therapist-as-expert and in charge of making change happen.

Collaborative approaches require: a. planning. b. individual techniques. c. individual interventions. d. isolation.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 415 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 40. If we hope to work therapeutically with an individual, it is critical to consider him or her within the: a. problematic system. b. behavioral system. c. individual system. d. family system.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 422 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 41. Which of the following theorists emphasized the development of a nurturing triad? a. Minuchin b. Haley c. Satir d. Bowen ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 42. By the late 1970s, the most used models in family systems therapy are: a. behavioral approaches. b. structural-strategic approaches. c. the family process approach. d. existential approaches.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 247

REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 43. The core of __________ model relied on the power of congruence to help family members communicate with emotional honesty. a. multigenerational family therapy b. strategic family therapy c. social constructionist therapy d. human validation process ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 44. A limitation of the family systems model is: a. therapists all too often get lost in their consideration of the ―system.‖ b. the systemic perspective can be overwhelming for the therapist. c. family therapy is not well-suited to working with diverse clients. d. an emphasis on family systems precludes a focus on emotions.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 423 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 45. The therapy goals self-esteem and connection, and helping family members achieve congruent communication and interaction are most associated with which theory of family therapy? a. Bowen’s multigenerational family therapy b. Satir’s human validation process model c. Dreikurs’s experiential/symbolic family therapy d. Minuchin’s structural family therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False 46. Bowen’s multigenerational approach stresses techniques more than it does theory. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 248

REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 47. Family systems therapy represents a paradigm shift that is sometimes called ―the fourth force.‖ a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 404 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 48. One of the key contributions of most systemic approaches is that neither the individual nor the family is blamed for a particular dysfunction. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 423 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 49. The goal of Bowen’s multigenerational family therapy is to understand one’s family of origin issues and to differentiate self within a system. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 50. The cornerstone of Bowen’s theory is differentiation of self. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 51. Some family therapists focus primarily on the nuclear family, which is based on Western notions, and this could clearly be a shortcoming in working with clients in extended families. a. True b. False ANSWER: True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 249

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 417 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 52. Interventions used by the structural-strategic approaches include joining, boundary setting, unbalancing, and reframing. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 53. Satir’s human validation model focuses on functional versus dysfunctional communication in families. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 54. Because Bowen’s multigenerational approach looks at families from a three-generational perspective, the therapist is mainly interested in past happenings and does not pay much attention to present issues. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 55. Minuchin’s structural-strategic therapy is based on the notion that an individual’s symptoms are best understood from the vantage point of interactional patterns within a family, and that structural changes must occur in a family before an individual’s symptoms can be resolved. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 250

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Remember

56. Structural-strategic family therapy deals with boundaries. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 57. The goal of structural-strategic family therapy is to break down any hierarchical structure and replace it with equal relationships among all family members. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 58. Structural-strategic family therapists limit their interventions to families alone. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 59. Minuchin’s approach to therapy is geared more toward insight, rather than taking action. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 60. Structural-strategic family therapy has its foundation in behavioral theory.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 251

a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 61. Structural-strategic family therapists do not generally deal with the presenting problem; rather, they focus on the underlying symptom of a dysfunctional system. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 62. The focus of structural-strategic family therapy is on growth and resolving historical conflicts in a family rather than on dealing with present problems of a family. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 63. The process of differentiation occurs in most cultures, but it takes on a different shape due to cultural norms. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.9 - Identify the contributions and limitations of the family systems approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 64. The role of the family therapist involves being in charge of the session. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 252

ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.8 - Describe the strengths and shortcomings of family systems therapy from a diversity perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 65. Strategic therapists do not rely on therapy techniques to bring about change but instead give more stress to the therapist’s relationship with a family. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 66. Minuchin and other structural family therapists initiated their work with wealthy suburban clients. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 67. Feminist, multicultural, and postmodern therapists are extremely aware of the power they have entering into already established systems, and they work to promote understanding through curiosity and interest rather than through formal assessments. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 68. Understanding family process is almost always facilitated by ―how‖ questions. a. True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 253

b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.8 - Describe the strengths and shortcomings of family systems therapy from a diversity perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 69. Assessment is not considered useful in Introduction. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Multiculturalism and Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.8 - Describe the strengths and shortcomings of family systems therapy from a diversity perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 70. Family therapists are wise to consider Western models of family functioning universal. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Summary and Evaluation QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.9 - Identify the contributions and limitations of the family systems approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 71. Families are multilayered systems that both affect and are affected by the larger systems in which they are embedded. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 409 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False 72. Family systems therapy can be used when working with individual clients. a. True b. False ANSWER: True Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 254

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: A Multidimensional Approach to Family Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.7 - Discuss the application of the family systems approach to school counseling.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 73. Family systems therapy is represented by a variety of theories and approaches, all of which focus on the relational aspects of human problems. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Origin and Development of Family Systems Therapy QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.4 - Differentiate the key concepts and goals associated with each of the separate schools of family therapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 74. There is a trend in the field of family therapy toward rejecting an integrative model of practice. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 422 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.8 - Describe the strengths and shortcomings of family systems therapy from a diversity perspective.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 75. Bowenian therapists function in ways to bring about change through action-oriented directives and paradoxical interventions. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 438 QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 14.9 - Identify the contributions and limitations of the family systems approaches.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 255

Chapter 15: An Integrative Perspective 1. According to psychoanalytic therapy, human beings are: a. motivated by social interest. b. determined by psychic energy and early experiences. c. inclined toward becoming fully functioning. d. free to choose who they will become.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Psychotherapy Integration QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.3 - Examine some of the main challenges of developing an integrative approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 2. Which orientations avoid exploring problems and, instead, focuses on creating solutions in the present and the future? a. Freud’s psychoanalytic approach b. Family therapy c. Person-centered therapy d. Postmodern therapy ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Psychotherapy Integration QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.3 - Examine some of the main challenges of developing an integrative approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 3. Which statement most closely reflects the philosophy of feminist therapy? a. Feminist therapy depicts an accurate assessment of the psychosexual stages of development. b. Androcentricism, gendercentricism, and ethnocentricism are important, bias-free concepts of feminist therapy. c. The constructs of feminist therapy include being gender fair, flexible, interactionist, and lifespan oriented. d. Feminist therapy encourages the use of the DSM to assess psychopathology.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Psychotherapy Integration QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.3 - Examine some of the main challenges of developing an integrative approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 4. Which approach would contend that normal personality development depends on the successful resolution of specific stages of development?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 256

a. Narrative therapy b. Family systems therapy c. Psychoanalytic therapy d. Solution-focused therapy ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Psychotherapy Integration QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.3 - Examine some of the main challenges of developing an integrative approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 5. Which approach most emphasizes principles of learning? a. Gestalt therapy b. Behavior therapy c. Narrative therapy d. Family systems therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Psychotherapy Integration QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.3 - Examine some of the main challenges of developing an integrative approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 6. According to traditional psychoanalytic therapy, the therapist a. must establish an authentic encounter with the client. b. should display genuineness and warmth. c. remains anonymous. d. is a teacher.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 7. In which therapy approach is the client viewed as the expert on their own life, while the therapist is seen as an expert questioner who assists clients in freeing themselves of their problem-saturated stories and create new life-affirming stories? a. Existential therapy b. Narrative therapy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 257

c. Rational emotive behavior therapy d. Person-centered therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 8. In which approach to therapy does the therapist become active and directive, functioning as a teacher or mentor for the client? a. Existential therapy b. Person-centered therapy c. Behavior therapy d. Gestalt therapy ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 9. Which approach to therapy stresses the attitude of the therapist over the use of techniques? a. Person-centered therapy b. Psychoanalytic therapy c. Cognitive-behavior therapy d. Behavior therapy ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 10. In feminist therapy, which technique is used to help clients recognize the impact of gender-role socialization? a. Free association b. Unbalancing c. Scaling questions d. Consciousness raisings ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 258

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 11. Which therapy is based on a growth model and is applicable to varied spheres of life such as child guidance, parent– child counseling, and marital and family therapy? a. Psychoanalytic therapy b. Behavioral therapy c. Cognitive behavior therapy d. Adlerian therapy ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 12. Which therapy is a pragmatic approach based on empirical validation of results? a. Behavior therapy b. Narrative therapy c. Existential therapy d. Rational emotive behavior therapy ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 13. Which approach to therapy is especially well suited for the initial phases of crisis intervention work? a. Reality therapy b. Person-centered therapy c. Psychoanalytic therapy d. Solution-focused brief therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 259

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 14. One contribution of psychoanalytic therapy has been its: a. subjective approach. b. reliance on research for validation. c. detailed and comprehensive description of personality structure and functioning. d. emphasis on an I/Thou relationship.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 15. A limitation of person-centered therapy is: a. the possible danger of the therapist remaining passive and inactive. b. the emphasis on complex ideas and concepts. c. the lack of research to support the theory. d. the neglect of the value of the therapeutic relationship.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 16. __________ is an efficacious approach to helping people who experience psychological distress improve their functioning. a. Psychotherapy b. Treatment c. Intervention d. Techniques ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 260

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Remember

17. Which of the following is designed to evaluate and to improve the quality and effectiveness of counseling services? a. Session Rating Scale (SRS) b. Outcome Rating Scale (ORS) c. Income Rating Scale (IRS) d. Termination Rating Scale ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.8 - Describe the Place of Techniques and Evaluation in Counseling and explain how this is related to enhanced therapeutic outcomes.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 18. Which approach to integration refers to a conceptual creation beyond a mere blending of techniques? a. Technical eclecticism b. Common factors approach c. Theoretical integration d. Assimilative integration ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: Psychotherapy Integration QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.1 - Explain psychotherapy integration and why it is increasing in popularity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 19. The __________ measures a client’s perception of the quality of the therapeutic relationship, which includes the relational bond with the therapist, the perceived collaboration around specific tasks in therapy, and agreement on goals, methods, and client preferences. a. Session Rating Scale b. Outcome Rating Scale c. Income Rating Scale d. Termination Rating Scale ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.8 - Describe the Place of Techniques and Evaluation in Counseling and explain how this is related to enhanced therapeutic outcomes.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 261

KEYWORDS:

Bloom’s: Remember

20. The common factors approach to psychotherapy integration a. searches for common elements across different theoretical systems. b. supports the notion of remaining theoretically consistent and technically eclectic. c. synthesizes important aspects of two or more theories. d. emphasizes the importance of spirituality in counseling.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Psychotherapy Integration QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.1 - Explain psychotherapy integration and why it is increasing in popularity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 21. The Outcome Rating Scale assesses the client’s therapeutic progress through ratings of a client’s personal experience of well-being in their individual, interpersonal, and social functioning. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.8 - Describe the Place of Techniques and Evaluation in Counseling and explain how this is related to enhanced therapeutic outcomes.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Remember 22. Regarding psychotherapy outcome, research shows that there are clear factors that predict which models of therapy work best for particular types of clients. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Psychotherapy Integration QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.1 - Explain psychotherapy integration and why it is increasing in popularity.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 23. Recent research studies show that there is growing evidence that spiritual and religious matters are therapeutically relevant, ethically appropriate, and potentially significant topics for practice of counseling in secular settings. a. True b. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 262

ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Psychotherapy Integration QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.5 - Discuss how spiritual and religious values can ethically and effectively be integrated into counseling practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 24. One of the advantage of psychotherapy integration is that it is easier to implement techniques drawn from different theoretical perspectives for diverse client populations. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Advantages of Psychotherapy Integration QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.2 - Identify some specific advantages of psychotherapy integration.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 25. The challenge in integrating multicultural issues in counseling is to find practical strategies for adapting the techniques developed to enable clients to examine the impact of culture in their lives. a. True b. False ANSWER: True POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Integration of Multicultural Issues in Counseling QUESTION TYPE: True / False HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.4 - Discuss how multicultural issues can be addressed in counseling practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 26. According to traditional psychoanalytic therapy, the therapist: a. must establish an authentic encounter with the client. b. should display genuineness and warmth. c. remains anonymous. d. is a teacher.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 263

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 27. In which approach does the therapist ask the client what they are choosing to do? a. Choice theory/reality therapy b. Gestalt therapy c. Family systems therapy d. Psychoanalytic therapy ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 28. In which therapy approach is the client viewed as the expert on their own life, while the therapist is seen as an expert questioner who assists clients in freeing themselves of their problem-saturated stories and create new life-affirming stories? a. Existential therapy b. Narrative therapy c. Rational emotive behavior therapy d. Person-centered therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 29. Which approach encourages therapists to accurately grasp the client’s ―being in the world‖? a. Psychoanalytic therapy b. Adlerian therapy c. Behavior therapy d. Existential therapy ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 30. An Adlerian therapist would: a. maintain an aloof stance.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 264

b. establish a cooperative relationship based on equality. c. take the role of expert. d. take the role of a friendly parent.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 31. In which approach to therapy does the therapist become active and directive, functioning as a teacher or mentor for the client? a. Existential therapy b. Person-centered therapy c. Behavior therapy d. Gestalt therapy ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 32. A key technique of Adlerian therapy is: a. free association. b. dialogue with polarities. c. family sculpting. d. the assessment of one’s family constellation.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 33. Which approach to therapy stresses understanding first and technique second? a. Gestalt therapy b. Existential therapy c. Rational emotive behavior therapy d. Family systems therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 265

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 34. One of the techniques used by behavior therapists in dealing with a client’s anxiety is: a. the miracle question. b. encouragement. c. externalizing the problem. d. systematic desensitization.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 35. Which approach to therapy stresses the attitude of the therapist over the use of techniques? a. Person-centered therapy b. Psychoanalytic therapy c. Cognitive-behavior therapy d. Behavior therapy ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 36. The technique of intensifying experiences and integrating conflicting feelings is associated with: a. Gestalt therapy. b. person-centered therapy. c. existential therapy. d. reality therapy.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 37. In feminist therapy, the following technique is used to help clients recognize the impact of gender-role socialization: a. free association.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 266

b. unbalancing. c. scaling questions. d. consciousness-raising.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 38. In psychoanalytic therapy, a technique of great importance is: a. ―The Question.‖ b. re-authoring one’s life story. c. value judgments. d. interpretation.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 39. Which of the following therapies is based on a growth model and is applicable to such varied spheres of life as child guidance, parent-child counseling, and marital and family therapy? a. Psychoanalytic therapy b. Behavioral therapy c. Cognitive behavior therapy d. Adlerian therapy ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.6 - Explain a basis for effectively drawing techniques from various theories.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 40. Which therapy is a pragmatic approach based on empirical validation of results? a. Behavior therapy b. Narrative therapy c. Existential therapy d. Rational emotive behavior therapy ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: page 445 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 267

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 41. Mental health providers must be accountable and __________ the efficacy of their services. a. React to b. Demonstrate c. Be proactive to d. Be reliable to ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 42. Which approach is least likely to be applied to short-term crisis intervention? a. Existential therapy b. Person-centered therapy c. Reality therapy d. Psychoanalytic therapy ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 43. Existential therapy can be especially helpful for: a. individuals with phobic disorders. b. children with behavior disorders. c. patients in a mental hospital. d. individuals facing a transition in life.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 44. Which approach to therapy is applied to both women and men with the goal of bringing about empowerment? a. Feminist therapy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 268

b. Psychoanalytic therapy c. Person-centered therapy d. Adlerian therapy ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 45. One contribution of psychoanalytic therapy has been its: a. subjective approach. b. reliance on research for validation. c. detailed and comprehensive description of personality structure and functioning. d. emphasis on an I/Thou relationship.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 46. Which approach is credited with an emphasis on assessment and evaluation? a. Behavior therapy b. Existential therapy c. Psychoanalytic therapy d. Reality therapy ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 47. Which approach recognized the need for a subjective approach based on a complete view of the human condition? a. Family systems therapy b. Psychoanalytic therapy c. Person-centered therapy d. Existential therapy ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 269

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 48. Which approach consists of simple and clear concepts and emphasizes the role of choice? a. Psychoanalytic therapy b. Reality therapy c. Narrative therapy d. Gestalt therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 49. One contribution of Adlerian therapy has been an emphasis on: a. unconscious motivations. b. empirical validation. c. unleashing buried feelings. d. social and psychological factors.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 50. Which approach to therapy puts an emphasis on direct experiencing and doing? a. Person-centered therapy b. Gestalt therapy c. Rational emotive behavior therapy d. Narrative therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 51. The negative impact of discrimination and oppression for both men and women has surfaced as a result of: a. rational emotive behavior therapy.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 270

b. person-centered therapy. c. family systems therapy. d. feminist therapy.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 52. A limitation of psychoanalytic therapy is that: a. it requires a short period of training for therapists. b. it is inexpensive for clients. c. the model stresses biological and instinctual factors to the neglect of social, cultural, and interpersonal ones. d. many clients have the degree of ego strength needed for regressive and reconstructive therapy.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 53. A limitation of reality therapy is that it: a. consists of simple concepts that are easily grasped. b. discounts the therapeutic value of dreams. c. does not appeal to resistant clients. d. has limited applicability.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.8 - Describe the Place of Techniques and Evaluation in Counseling and explain how this is related to enhanced therapeutic outcomes.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 54. A limitation of person-centered therapy is: a. the possible danger of the therapist remaining passive and inactive. b. the emphasis on complex ideas and concepts. c. the lack of research to support the theory. d. neglect of the value of the therapeutic relationship.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 271

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.8 - Describe the Place of Techniques and Evaluation in Counseling and explain how this is related to enhanced therapeutic outcomes.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 55. A limitation of existential therapy is its: a. emphasis on the therapist as an expert. b. adherence to the medical model. c. limited applicability to nonverbal clients. d. use of simplistic concepts.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 56. A limitation of Gestalt therapy is that it: a. does not allow for full expression of feelings. b. discounts the therapeutic value of dreams. c. completely ignores the past. d. may neglect cognitive factors.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 57. A limitation of behavior therapy is that it: a. may change behavior but not feelings. b. does not identify specific problems. c. does not make room for cognitive factors. d. fails to explicitly define the role of the therapist.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.7 - Examine what research generally shows about the effectiveness of psychotherapy.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 58. Duncan, Miller, and Sparks all argued for the practice of Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 272

a. Practice-based evidence b. Evidence-based practice c. Evidence-Practice resistance d. Risk assessment practice ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.8 - Describe the Place of Techniques and Evaluation in Counseling and explain how this is related to enhanced therapeutic outcomes.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 59. __________ measures a client’s perception of the quality of the therapeutic relationship, which includes the raltional bond with the therapist, the perceived collaboration around specific tasks in therapy, and agreement on goals, methods, and client preferences. a. Session Rating Scale (SRS) b. Outcome Rating Scale (ORS) c. Income Rating Scale (IRS) d. Feedback-Informed Treatment (FIT) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.8 - Describe the Place of Techniques and Evaluation in Counseling and explain how this is related to enhanced therapeutic outcomes.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 60. Which of the following is a word of caution when developing an integrative perspective to counseling and psychotherapy: a. To subscribe to one view of human nature. b. To never use your own views or beliefs as a framework. c. To not subscribe to only one view of human nature. d. To limit your own personality when developing a therapeutic framework.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Psychotherapy Integration QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.3 - Examine some of the main challenges of developing an integrative approach.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 61. The __________ measures a client’s perception of the quality of the therapeutic relationship, which includes the relational bond with the therapist, the perceived collaboration around specific tasks in therapy, and agreement on goals, methods, and client preferences. a. Session Rating Scale Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 273

b. Outcome Rating Scale c. Income Rating Scale d. Termination Rating Scale ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.8 - Describe the Place of Techniques and Evaluation in Counseling and explain how this is related to enhanced therapeutic outcomes.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 62. The common factors approach to psychotherapy integration: a. searches for common elements across different theoretical systems. b. supports the notion of remaining theoretically consistent and technically eclectic. c. synthesizes important aspects of two or more theories. d. emphasizes the importance of spirituality in counseling.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Psychotherapy Integration QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.4 - Discuss how multicultural issues can be addressed in counseling practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 63. The __________ assesses the client’s therapeutic progress through ratings of a client’s personal experience of wellbeing in their individual, interpersonal, and social functioning. a. Session Rating Scale b. Outcome Rating Scale c. Income Rating Scale d. Termination Rating Scale ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Where do Techniques and Evaluation Stand in Counseling?

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.8 - Describe the Place of Techniques and Evaluation in Counseling and explain how this is related to enhanced therapeutic outcomes.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 64. Regarding psychotherapy outcome, research shows: a. the behavioral approaches are more effective than the humanistic approaches. b. there are clear factors that predict which models of therapy work best for particular types of clients. c. the therapeutic relationship is not a major contributor to therapeutic change. d. no model of therapy has been proven more effective than another.

ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 274

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Psychotherapy Integration QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.4 - Discuss how multicultural issues can be addressed in counseling practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand 65. What is the current thinking in the field regarding the role of spirituality in counseling? a. There is growing evidence that spiritual practice is therapeutically relevant, ethically appropriate, and potentially significant topics for practice of counseling in secular settings. b. Counselors are encouraged to be cautious and engage in peripheral discussions about spirituality only. c. There is little interest in integrating spiritual issues in counseling. d. Counselors should take a directive approach in helping clients meet their spiritual needs.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: Psychotherapy Integration QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 15.4 - Discuss how multicultural issues can be addressed in counseling practice.

KEYWORDS: Bloom’s: Understand

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 275